1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9098))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14905 61936))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil
)
363 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil
)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil
)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36539))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13467))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
469 as the first thing on a line.")
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
474 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
477 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
486 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
493 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
503 put in the appointments list.
507 10:00am group meeting
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
527 normal variables." t nil
)
529 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
534 noninteractive functions.
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
539 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
582 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
601 Variables you assign:
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
607 row numbers in the buffer.
609 Variables which are calculated:
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
632 between that of point and mark.
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
640 newlines inside rows)
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
657 How to quit artist mode
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
662 How to submit a bug report
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
667 Drawing with the mouse:
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
720 overwrite means the opposite.
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
733 are currently drawing something.
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
783 of the line/poly-line
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
786 of the line/poly-line
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
887 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
990 ;;;;;; (14895 24173))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1009 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 9921))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1073 Effects of the different modes:
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1078 a random distance & direction.
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1109 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1124 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1129 ;;;;;; (14821 31343))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1132 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1180 Special information:
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
1213 bibtex-complete-string
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1326 degree deflection it causes.
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1358 emerging from the box.
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1372 a reflection." t nil
)
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14946 52018))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1396 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1398 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1400 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1402 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1404 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1406 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1408 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1410 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1412 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1414 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1416 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1418 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1432 yank successive words.
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1437 name of the file being visited.
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1736 program is invoked according to the variable
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point.
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1825 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21309))
1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14938 58920))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1929 all functions called by those functions.
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1937 invoked interactively." t nil)
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1969 from the cursor position." t nil)
1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1978 Run the Emacs calculator.
1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1999 ;;;;;; (14942 61350))
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2089 a function is also provided for this:
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2094 date is not visible in the window.
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2105 date is visible in the window.
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2157 window but will appear in a diary window.
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2163 entries (in the default American style):
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2175 &* 15 time cards due.
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2212 for these functions for details.
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2251 characters with or without a period.")
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2285 #include \"filename\"
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2293 For example, you could use
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2301 lexicographic order.")
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2343 #include \"filename\"
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2389 *User defined holidays.
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2417 *Christian holidays.
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2429 *Sun-related holidays.
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2435 The frame set up of the calendar.
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2439 any other value the current frame is used.")
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14895 37805))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2472 ;;;;;; (14895 24174))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2528 Major mode for editing Java code.
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14895 24174))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2590 for details of setting up styles.
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14895 24174))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2643 ;;;;;; (14946 52019))
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2647 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2755 | (write EXPRESSION)
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2763 ;; Same as: (write string)
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2774 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2787 ARG := REG | integer
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2860 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2861 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2862 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2863 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2864 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2866 " nil (quote macro))
2868 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2869 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2870 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2871 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2872 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2873 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2875 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2876 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2877 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2879 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2884 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2891 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2894 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2895 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2896 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2897 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2899 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2900 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2901 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2902 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2903 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2904 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2905 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2906 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2908 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2909 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2910 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2911 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2912 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2913 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2914 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2915 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2917 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2918 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2919 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2920 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2921 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2923 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2924 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2925 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2926 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2927 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2929 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2930 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2931 Only documentation strings are checked.
2932 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2934 a separate buffer." t nil)
2936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2937 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2938 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2939 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2940 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2942 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2943 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2945 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2947 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2949 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2950 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2951 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2960 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2961 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2962 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2963 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2964 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2967 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2968 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2969 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2971 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2973 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2974 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2978 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2979 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2981 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2982 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2983 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2984 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2986 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2987 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2988 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2989 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2991 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2992 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2993 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2994 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2996 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2997 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2998 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2999 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3002 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3003 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3004 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3006 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3007 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3008 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3009 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3012 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3013 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3015 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3016 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3017 checking of documentation strings.
3019 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3023 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3024 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3028 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3029 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3030 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3032 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3033 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3035 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3036 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3037 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3039 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3040 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3044 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3045 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31697))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3048 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3049 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3050 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3051 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3052 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3053 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3055 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3056 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3057 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3058 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3059 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3061 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3063 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3064 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3065 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3066 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3067 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3069 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3070 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3071 \\{command-history-map}
3073 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3074 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14924 25355))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3081 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3082 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3083 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3084 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3085 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3086 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3088 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3089 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3094 ;;;;;; (14893 1953))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3097 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3101 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3102 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
3103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3105 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3106 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3107 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3108 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3110 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3111 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3112 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3114 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3115 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3119 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3123 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3124 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3125 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3126 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3127 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3128 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3130 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3135 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3136 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14910 3328))
3137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3139 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3140 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3141 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3144 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3145 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3146 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3147 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3149 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3150 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3151 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3153 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3154 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3155 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3157 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3158 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3159 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3161 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3162 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3164 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3165 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3166 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3168 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3169 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3171 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3172 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3174 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3175 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3176 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3180 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3181 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3182 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3186 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3187 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3188 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3189 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3190 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3191 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3192 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3193 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3195 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3197 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3198 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3199 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3200 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3201 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3202 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3203 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3204 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3206 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3208 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3209 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3210 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3211 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3212 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3213 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3215 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3216 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3217 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3219 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3221 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3222 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3223 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3225 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3227 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3228 Send COMMAND to current process.
3229 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3230 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3232 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3233 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3234 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3235 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3239 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3241 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3243 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3244 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3245 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3246 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3248 This command pushes the mark in each window
3249 at the prior location of point in that window.
3250 If both windows display the same buffer,
3251 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3252 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3254 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3255 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3256 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3260 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3261 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3262 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3263 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14916 51039))
3264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3266 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3267 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3269 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3270 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3272 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3273 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3274 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3275 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3276 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3278 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3279 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3280 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3281 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3282 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3284 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3285 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3286 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3287 describing how the process finished.")
3289 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3290 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3291 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3292 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3294 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3295 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3296 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3298 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3299 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3300 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3301 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3303 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3304 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3305 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3306 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3308 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3309 and move to the source code that caused it.
3311 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3312 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3314 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3315 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3316 Then start the next one.
3318 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3319 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3320 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3322 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3323 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3324 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3325 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3326 where grep found matches.
3328 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3329 easily repeat a grep command.
3331 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3332 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3333 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3334 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3336 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3337 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3338 Collect output in a buffer.
3339 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3340 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3342 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3343 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3345 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3346 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3347 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3348 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3349 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3351 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3353 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3354 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3355 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3356 See `compilation-mode'.
3357 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3359 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3360 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3361 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3362 See `compilation-mode'.
3363 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3365 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3366 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3368 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3369 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3371 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3372 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3373 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3374 and start at the first error.
3376 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3377 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3378 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3379 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3380 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3381 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3383 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3384 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3385 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3387 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3388 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3389 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3393 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3394 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3397 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3398 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off.
3399 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3401 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3403 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3405 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3407 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3408 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3409 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3411 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3412 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3413 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3414 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3416 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3417 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3418 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3419 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3421 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3422 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3423 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3424 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3428 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3429 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3432 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3433 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3437 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3438 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3439 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3440 ;;;;;; (14933 40934))
3441 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3443 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3444 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3445 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3446 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3449 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3451 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3452 | | 1:tc or top-center
3453 | | 2:tr or top-right
3454 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3455 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3456 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3457 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3458 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3459 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3461 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3462 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3463 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3464 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3467 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3468 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3469 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3471 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3475 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3479 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3482 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3483 Compose characters in the current region.
3485 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3487 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3488 specifying the region.
3490 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3491 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3493 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3494 of the text in the region.
3496 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3498 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3499 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3500 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3501 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3503 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3504 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3507 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3508 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3509 text in the composition." t nil)
3511 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3512 Decompose text in the current region.
3514 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3515 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3517 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3518 Compose characters in string STRING.
3520 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3521 the characters in it.
3523 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3524 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3525 STRING respectively.
3527 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3528 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3529 `compose-region' for more detail.
3531 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3532 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3533 text in the composition." nil nil)
3535 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3536 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3538 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3539 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3540 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3541 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3542 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3543 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3544 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3545 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3547 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3548 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3550 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3551 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3553 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3554 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3556 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3557 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3559 If no composition is found, return nil.
3561 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3562 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3564 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3565 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3566 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3568 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3570 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3572 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3573 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3574 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3576 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3578 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3580 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3581 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3583 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3584 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3585 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3586 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3587 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3588 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3589 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3592 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3594 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3595 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3597 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3599 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3600 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3602 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3604 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3605 Compose last characters.
3606 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3607 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3608 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3609 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3610 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3611 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3612 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3613 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3614 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3615 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3616 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3618 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3619 Convert CHAR to string.
3620 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3622 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3623 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3624 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3629 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3632 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3633 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3634 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3636 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3637 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3638 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3640 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3641 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3642 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3643 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3645 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3646 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3650 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3651 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
3652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3654 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3655 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3656 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3657 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3658 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3659 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3661 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3662 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3666 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3667 ;;;;;; (14930 62509))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3670 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3671 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3672 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3673 Tab indents for Perl code.
3674 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3675 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3677 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3678 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3679 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3680 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3681 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3682 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3683 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3684 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3685 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3686 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3687 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3688 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3690 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3692 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3693 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3695 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3697 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3698 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3699 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3700 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3701 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3702 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3703 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3704 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3705 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3707 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3711 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3713 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3716 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3717 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3718 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3720 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3722 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3723 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3724 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3725 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3726 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3728 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3738 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3739 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3740 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3741 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3742 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3743 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3744 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3745 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3746 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3747 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3748 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3749 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3750 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3752 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3753 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3754 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3755 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3756 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3757 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3759 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3760 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3763 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3764 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3765 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3766 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3767 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3769 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3770 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3771 span the needed amount of lines.
3773 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3774 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3775 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3776 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3778 Variables controlling indentation style:
3779 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3780 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3781 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3782 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3783 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3784 `cperl-auto-newline'
3785 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3786 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3787 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3788 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3789 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3791 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3792 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3793 `cperl-indent-level'
3794 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3795 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3796 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3797 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3798 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3799 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3800 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3801 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3802 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3803 `cperl-brace-offset'
3804 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3805 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3806 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3807 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3808 `cperl-label-offset'
3809 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3810 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3811 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3813 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3814 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3815 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3816 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3817 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3819 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3820 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3821 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3822 \(both available from menu).
3824 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3825 column 0 is indented on
3826 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3828 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3831 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3832 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3833 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3837 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3838 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3841 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3842 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3843 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3844 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3845 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3847 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3848 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3853 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3856 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3857 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3858 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3859 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3862 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3864 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3866 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3868 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3869 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3870 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3872 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3876 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3877 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3880 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3881 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3882 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3883 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3885 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3886 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3887 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3888 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3890 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3891 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3892 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3894 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3895 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3898 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3899 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3900 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3902 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3904 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3905 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3906 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3911 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3912 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3913 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3914 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3915 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3916 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3917 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3918 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
3919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3920 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3922 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3923 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3925 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3926 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3928 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3929 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3931 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3933 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3934 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3936 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3937 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3939 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3940 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3942 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3943 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3946 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3948 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3950 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3951 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3952 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3953 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3955 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3956 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3958 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3959 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3961 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3962 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3964 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3966 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3967 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3968 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3969 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3970 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3972 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3973 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3975 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3976 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3978 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3980 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3981 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3983 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3984 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3985 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3986 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3987 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3989 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3990 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3993 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3995 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3996 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3997 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3999 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4000 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4001 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4003 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4004 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4006 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4007 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4010 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4012 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4013 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4014 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4015 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4016 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4017 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4018 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4020 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4021 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4022 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4024 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4025 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4027 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4028 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4030 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4031 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4032 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4033 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4034 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4035 that option." nil nil)
4037 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4038 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4039 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4040 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4041 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4042 that option." nil nil)
4044 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4045 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4047 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4048 File used for storing customization information.
4049 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4050 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4051 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4053 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4054 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4055 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4056 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4058 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4059 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4062 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4064 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4065 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4066 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4068 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4069 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4070 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4071 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4072 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4076 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4077 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4078 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4080 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4081 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4083 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4084 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4085 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4087 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4089 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4090 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4091 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4093 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4097 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4098 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4101 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4102 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4106 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4107 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4110 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4111 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4113 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4114 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4115 C++ modes are included.
4117 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4119 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4122 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4123 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4125 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4126 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4128 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4132 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4133 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4134 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
4135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4137 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4138 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4140 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4141 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4143 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4144 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4145 For readability, the table is slightly
4146 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4148 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4149 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4150 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4151 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4152 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (14962 47398))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4160 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4162 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4164 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4165 Completion on current word.
4166 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4167 and presents suggestions for completion.
4169 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4170 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4173 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4174 then it searches *all* buffers.
4176 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4177 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4179 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4180 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4182 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4183 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4184 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4185 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4186 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4188 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4189 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4191 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4192 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4193 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4195 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4196 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4198 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4202 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4206 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4207 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4209 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4210 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4211 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4213 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4214 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4215 Data lines are not indented.
4220 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4222 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4223 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4224 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4225 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4227 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4230 Extra indentation within blocks.
4232 dcl-continuation-offset
4233 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4236 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4238 dcl-margin-label-offset
4239 Indentation for a label.
4241 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4242 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4244 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4245 dcl-block-end-regexp
4246 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4247 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4248 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4249 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4250 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4252 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4253 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4254 Two such functions are included in the package:
4255 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4256 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4258 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4259 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4260 One such function is included in the package:
4261 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4263 dcl-tab-always-indent
4264 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4265 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4268 dcl-electric-characters
4269 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4272 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4273 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4274 which words trigger electric indentation.
4277 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4278 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4279 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4281 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4282 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4283 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4284 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4286 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4287 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4288 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4289 dcl-imenu-label-call
4290 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4292 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4293 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4294 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4295 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4298 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4300 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4301 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4302 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4304 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4305 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4309 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4310 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4311 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4312 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4313 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4314 \"lined up with the command line\"
4316 Data lines are not indented at all.
4317 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4328 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4330 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4331 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4332 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4335 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4336 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4337 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4339 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4340 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4341 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4342 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4343 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4344 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4345 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4347 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4348 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4349 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4353 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4354 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4357 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4358 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4360 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4361 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4362 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4363 Upper-case letters are commands.
4365 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4368 The most useful commands are:
4369 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4370 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4371 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4372 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4373 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4374 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4378 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4379 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4381 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4383 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4384 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4386 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4387 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4389 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4391 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4392 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4394 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4398 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4402 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4403 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4404 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4405 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4406 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4407 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4409 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4413 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4414 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4415 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4416 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4417 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4418 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4419 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4420 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4421 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4422 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4423 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4424 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4426 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4427 Directories to search when finding external units.
4428 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4429 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4433 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4434 Face used to color delphi comments.
4435 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4436 Face used to color delphi strings.
4437 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4438 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4439 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4440 Face used to color everything else.
4442 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4443 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4451 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4453 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4454 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4455 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4457 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4459 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4461 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4463 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4464 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4465 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4468 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4469 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4470 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4471 any selection." t nil)
4475 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4476 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
4477 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4479 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4480 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4482 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4484 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4485 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4486 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4487 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4488 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4489 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4490 hooks for the new mode.
4492 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4494 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4496 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4497 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4498 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4500 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4501 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4503 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4504 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4505 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4507 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4508 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4510 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4511 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4512 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4513 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4514 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4519 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4522 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4523 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4524 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4526 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4527 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4528 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4529 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4533 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4534 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4535 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4536 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4537 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4538 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4539 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4540 ;;;;;; (14775 56550))
4541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4543 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4544 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4545 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4547 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4548 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4549 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4552 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4553 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4554 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4556 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4557 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4558 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4559 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4561 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4562 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4564 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4565 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4566 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4568 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4569 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4571 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4573 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4575 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4577 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4578 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4580 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4582 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4583 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4585 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4587 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4589 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4593 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4594 ;;;;;; (14962 55364))
4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4597 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4598 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4599 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4600 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4601 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4603 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4604 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4605 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4607 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4608 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4609 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4610 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4613 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4615 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4616 european-calendar-style t \\
4617 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4618 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4619 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4621 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4622 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4623 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4624 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4629 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4632 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4633 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4635 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4636 *The command to use to run diff.")
4638 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4639 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4640 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4641 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4642 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4644 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4645 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4646 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4647 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4648 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4652 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4653 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
4654 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4656 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4657 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4658 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4659 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4660 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4661 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4663 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4664 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4665 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4669 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4670 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4671 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4672 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4673 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14962 39486))
4674 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4676 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4677 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4678 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4679 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4680 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4682 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4683 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4685 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4686 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4687 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4688 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4689 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4691 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4692 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4694 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4695 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4696 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4697 always set this variable to t.")
4699 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4700 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4701 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4702 A value of t means move to first file.")
4704 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4705 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4706 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4707 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4708 are afterward marked with that character.")
4710 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4711 *Controls marking of copied files.
4712 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4713 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4715 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4716 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4717 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4718 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4720 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4721 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4722 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4723 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4725 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4726 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4727 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4728 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4730 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4732 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4733 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4734 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4735 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4737 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4738 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4739 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4740 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4741 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4742 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4743 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4744 list of files to make directory entries for.
4745 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4746 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4747 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4748 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4750 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4751 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4753 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4754 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4755 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4757 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4758 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4760 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4761 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4765 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4766 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4767 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4768 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4769 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4770 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4771 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4772 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4773 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4774 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4775 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4776 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4777 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14962 39486))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4780 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4781 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4782 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4783 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4784 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4785 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4787 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4788 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4789 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4790 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4791 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4792 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4794 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4795 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4796 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4798 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4799 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4801 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4802 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4804 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4805 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4806 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4807 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4809 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4810 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4811 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4812 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4813 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4815 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4817 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4818 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4819 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4821 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4822 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4823 instead of att the end of the command.
4825 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4826 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4827 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4829 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4830 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4832 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4833 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4835 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4836 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4837 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4838 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4839 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4840 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4842 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4844 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4845 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4847 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4848 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4850 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4851 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4853 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4854 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4855 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4856 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4858 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4860 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4862 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4864 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4866 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4868 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4869 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4871 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4872 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4873 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4874 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4875 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4876 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4877 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4879 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4880 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4881 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4882 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4883 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4884 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4887 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4888 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4889 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4890 and new hard links are made in that directory
4891 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4893 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4894 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4895 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4896 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4898 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4899 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4900 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4901 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4902 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4903 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4905 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4906 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4908 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4909 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4910 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4912 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4913 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4914 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4916 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4917 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4918 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4920 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4921 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4923 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4924 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4926 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4927 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4928 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4929 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4930 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4931 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4933 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4935 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4936 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4937 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4938 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4939 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4940 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4942 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4944 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4945 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4946 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4948 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4949 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4950 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4951 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4953 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4954 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4955 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4956 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4958 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4959 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4960 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4962 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4963 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4965 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4966 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4968 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4969 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4970 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4971 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4973 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4974 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4975 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4976 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4978 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4979 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4980 Stops when a match is found.
4981 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4983 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4984 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4985 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4986 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4987 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4989 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4990 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4991 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4992 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4996 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4999 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5000 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5001 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5002 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5003 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5004 buffer and try again." t nil)
5008 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 2773))
5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5011 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5012 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5013 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5015 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5017 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5018 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5020 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5021 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5026 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5030 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5031 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5032 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5033 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5034 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5035 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5040 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5041 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5042 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5043 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5046 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5047 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5049 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5050 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5051 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5052 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5053 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5055 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5056 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5057 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5058 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5059 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5061 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5062 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5064 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5065 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5067 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5068 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5070 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5071 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5073 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5074 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5076 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5077 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5078 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5079 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5081 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5082 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5083 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5086 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5087 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5089 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5090 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5092 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5093 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5095 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5096 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5097 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5098 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5100 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5101 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5102 European character display.
5104 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5105 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5106 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5107 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5109 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5110 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5111 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5112 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5113 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5117 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5118 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5121 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5122 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5123 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5124 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5125 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5126 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5127 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5128 Default is 2." t nil)
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63116))
5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5135 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5136 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5140 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5141 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5144 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5147 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5149 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5151 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5153 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5155 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5157 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5158 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5165 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5166 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5171 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5174 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5175 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5179 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5180 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5181 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5184 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5186 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5187 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5188 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5189 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5191 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5192 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5193 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5194 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5195 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5196 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5197 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5198 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5201 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5202 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5203 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5204 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5205 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5206 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5207 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5208 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5209 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5211 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5212 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5213 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5214 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5215 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5216 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5218 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5219 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5220 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5221 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5222 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5223 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5224 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5226 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5228 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5229 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5230 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5231 " nil (quote macro))
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5236 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5240 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5242 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5243 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5244 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5245 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5247 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5248 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5252 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5257 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5258 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5262 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5263 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5265 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5267 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5269 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5271 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5272 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5274 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5275 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5277 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5279 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5281 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5285 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5286 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5287 computed automatically.
5288 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5292 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5294 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5295 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5296 keyboard equivalent.
5300 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5301 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5305 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5306 expression has a non-nil value.
5310 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5311 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5315 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5319 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5320 radio: A radio button.
5321 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5322 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5324 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5328 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5329 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5333 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5335 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5336 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5337 as a solid horizontal line.
5339 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5341 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5343 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5344 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5345 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5346 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5348 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5349 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5350 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5351 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5352 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5353 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5355 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5356 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5357 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5359 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5360 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5364 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5365 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5366 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5367 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5368 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14914 29482))
5369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5371 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5372 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5374 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5375 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5377 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5378 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5381 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5382 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5383 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5384 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5386 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5387 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5388 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5390 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5391 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5392 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5393 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5395 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5397 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5398 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5399 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5401 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5403 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5404 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5406 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5407 The EPS file name has the following form:
5409 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5411 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5412 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5414 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5415 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5416 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5417 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5419 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5421 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5422 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5424 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5425 The EPS file name has the following form:
5427 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5429 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5430 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5432 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5433 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5434 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5435 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5437 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5439 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5441 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5442 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5444 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5445 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5447 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5448 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5450 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5451 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5453 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5454 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5456 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5457 Set STYLE to current style.
5459 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5461 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5462 Reset current style.
5464 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5466 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5467 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5469 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5471 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5472 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5474 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5479 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5484 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5485 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5486 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5487 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5488 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5489 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5491 Tree mode key bindings:
5492 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5494 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5495 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5497 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5498 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5499 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5500 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5503 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5504 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5505 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5506 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5508 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5509 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5510 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5512 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5513 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5514 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5515 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5519 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5520 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5523 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5524 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5525 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5526 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5528 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5529 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5530 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5532 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5533 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5534 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5536 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5538 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5543 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5544 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5546 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5547 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5548 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5553 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5556 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5557 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5558 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5559 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5560 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5562 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5563 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5564 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5565 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5567 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5568 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5569 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5570 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5572 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5573 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5574 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5575 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5577 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5579 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5580 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5581 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5582 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5583 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5588 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5589 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5590 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5591 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5592 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5593 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5594 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5595 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5596 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14952 1182))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5599 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5600 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5602 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5603 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5605 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5607 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5609 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5610 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5612 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5614 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5615 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5617 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5619 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5620 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5621 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5622 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5624 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5626 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5627 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5628 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5629 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5631 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5633 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5634 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5635 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5636 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5638 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5640 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5641 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5642 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5643 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5645 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5647 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5648 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5649 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5650 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5651 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5652 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5654 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5655 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5656 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5657 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5659 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5661 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5662 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5663 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5664 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5666 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5668 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5670 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5671 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5672 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5674 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5675 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5677 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5678 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5679 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5681 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5682 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5684 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5685 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5686 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5687 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5688 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5697 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5699 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5700 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5703 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5705 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5708 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5710 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5711 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5714 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5715 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5719 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5720 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5723 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5724 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5725 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5726 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5731 and don't ask the user.
5732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5735 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5736 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5737 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5738 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5739 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5740 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5742 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5744 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5746 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5747 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5748 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5749 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5750 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5752 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5754 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5755 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5756 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5758 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5759 Display Ediff's manual.
5760 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5764 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5765 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5768 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5775 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5777 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5779 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5783 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5784 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5787 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5788 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5790 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5794 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5795 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14952 1182))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5798 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5799 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5800 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5803 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5804 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5805 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5806 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5810 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5811 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5812 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5814 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5816 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5817 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5818 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5820 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5821 Edit a keyboard macro.
5822 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5823 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5824 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5826 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5829 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5831 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5832 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5834 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5835 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5836 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5837 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5838 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5839 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5841 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5842 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5843 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5844 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5846 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5847 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5848 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5849 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5850 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5851 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5856 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48218))
5857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5859 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5861 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5862 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5864 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5865 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5869 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5870 ;;;;;; (14793 8263))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5873 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5874 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5875 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5876 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5877 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5878 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5879 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5880 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5882 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5883 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5885 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5886 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5887 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5888 this value is non-nil.
5890 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5891 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5892 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5894 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5895 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5896 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5898 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5902 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5903 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5906 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5907 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5909 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5910 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5911 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5912 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5913 from the documentation string if possible.
5915 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5918 This variable is buffer-local.")
5920 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5921 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5923 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5925 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5926 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5927 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5929 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5931 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5932 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5934 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5935 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5939 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5943 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5944 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5946 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5947 an elided material again.
5949 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5953 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5954 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5957 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5958 Initialize elint." t nil)
5962 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5963 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5967 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5968 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5969 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5971 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5972 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5973 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5975 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5976 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5977 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5979 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5981 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5982 Display current profiling results.
5983 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5984 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5989 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5990 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
5991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5993 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5994 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5995 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6000 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6001 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6002 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6003 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6006 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6008 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6010 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6012 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6014 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6016 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6018 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6020 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6022 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6024 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6025 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6027 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6028 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6030 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6031 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6033 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6034 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6036 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6038 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6040 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6042 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6044 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6045 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6047 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6048 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6050 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6055 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6058 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6059 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6060 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6062 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6063 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6066 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6067 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6068 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6072 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6073 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 14624))
6074 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6076 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6077 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6078 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6079 text/enriched format.
6080 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6082 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6083 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6087 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6089 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6091 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6095 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845
6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6099 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6100 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6102 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6106 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6108 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6110 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6111 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6116 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6117 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6119 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6120 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6121 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6122 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6123 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6124 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6125 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6127 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6128 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6129 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6131 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6132 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6133 The result might be any Lisp object.
6134 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6135 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6136 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6138 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6139 Report a bug in Eshell.
6140 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6141 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6145 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6146 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6147 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6148 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6149 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
6150 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14962
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6154 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6155 *File name of tags table.
6156 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6157 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6158 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6159 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6161 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6162 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6163 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6164 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6166 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6167 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6168 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6169 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6170 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6171 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6173 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6174 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6175 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6176 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6177 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6179 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6180 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6181 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6182 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6184 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6185 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6186 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6187 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6188 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6190 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6191 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6192 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6193 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6195 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6196 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6197 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6198 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6199 file the tag was in." t nil)
6201 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6202 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6203 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6204 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6205 without directory names." nil nil)
6207 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6209 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6210 but does not select the buffer.
6211 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6216 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6217 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6221 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6222 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6227 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6228 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6229 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6230 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6232 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6233 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6234 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6235 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6236 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6238 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6240 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6241 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6242 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6244 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6245 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6247 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6248 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6249 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6250 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6251 around or before point.
6253 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6254 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6255 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6256 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6257 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6259 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6261 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6262 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6263 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6265 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6266 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6268 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6269 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6270 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6271 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6272 around or before point.
6274 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6275 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6276 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6277 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6278 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6280 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6282 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6283 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6284 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6286 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6287 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6289 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6290 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6291 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6293 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6294 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6295 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6296 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6297 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6299 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6301 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6302 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6303 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6305 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6306 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6307 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6309 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6310 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6312 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6313 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6314 where they were found." t nil)
6316 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6317 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6319 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6320 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6321 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6323 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6324 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6326 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6327 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6329 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6330 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6331 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6332 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6334 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6335 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6336 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6337 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6338 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6339 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6341 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6342 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6343 Stops when a match is found.
6344 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6346 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6348 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6349 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6350 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6351 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6352 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6354 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6356 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6357 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6358 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6359 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6360 directory specification." t nil)
6362 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6363 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6365 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6366 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6367 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6368 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6371 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6372 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6373 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6374 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6379 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6380 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6381 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6382 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6383 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6384 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6385 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6388 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6390 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6391 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6392 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6393 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6395 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6396 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6399 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6400 even if the buffer is read-only.
6402 See also the descriptions of the variables
6403 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6404 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6406 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6407 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6409 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6410 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6412 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6413 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6416 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6417 buffer is read-only.
6419 See also the descriptions of the variables
6420 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6421 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6423 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6424 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6425 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6427 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6428 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6430 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6431 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6433 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6434 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6436 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6437 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6438 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6439 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6441 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6442 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6443 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6444 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6446 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6447 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6448 the primary language.
6450 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6451 buffer is read-only.
6453 See also the descriptions of the variables
6454 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6455 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6457 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6458 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6459 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6460 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6462 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6463 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6466 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6467 buffer is read-only.
6469 See also the descriptions of the variables
6470 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6471 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6473 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6474 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6475 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6477 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6478 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6480 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6481 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6482 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6483 3) convert the body into SERA.
6485 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6487 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6488 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6489 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6492 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6494 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6495 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6497 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6498 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6501 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6502 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6503 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6505 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6508 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6510 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6511 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6512 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6514 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6515 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6517 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6518 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6520 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6521 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6523 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6524 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6526 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6527 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6529 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6530 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6532 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6533 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6537 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6538 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6539 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
6540 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6542 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6543 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6544 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6545 server for future sessions." t nil)
6547 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6548 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6550 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6551 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6553 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6554 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6555 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6556 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6557 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6558 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6559 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6560 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6561 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6562 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6563 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6564 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6566 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6567 Display a form to query the directory server.
6568 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6569 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6571 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6572 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6573 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6575 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6580 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6581 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6584 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6585 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6587 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6588 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6590 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6591 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6593 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6594 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6596 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6597 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6601 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6602 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
6603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6605 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6606 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6607 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6609 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6610 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6614 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6615 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6618 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6619 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6623 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6624 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6625 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3331))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6628 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6629 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6630 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6632 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6633 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6634 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6635 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6636 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6639 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6640 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6641 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6643 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6644 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6645 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6646 file modes." nil nil
)
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6651 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6654 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6655 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6656 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6657 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6659 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6661 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6662 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6663 to generate such functions.
6665 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6666 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6667 beginning of the expanded text.
6669 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6670 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6671 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6672 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6674 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6676 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6677 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6678 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6680 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6681 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6682 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6683 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6684 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6688 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6691 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6692 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6694 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6695 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6696 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6698 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6703 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6706 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6708 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6710 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6712 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6714 f90-continuation-indent
6715 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6717 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6718 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6719 f90-indented-comment-re
6720 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6722 f90-directive-comment-re
6723 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6724 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6725 f90-break-delimiters
6726 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6727 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6728 f90-break-before-delimiters
6729 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6731 f90-beginning-ampersand
6732 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6734 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6735 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6736 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6737 f90-auto-keyword-case
6738 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6739 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6741 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6743 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6745 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6747 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6748 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6753 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6754 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6755 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6756 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6758 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6759 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6761 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6762 Menu keymap for faces.")
6764 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6766 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6767 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6769 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6771 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6772 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6774 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6776 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6777 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6779 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6781 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6782 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6784 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6786 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6787 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6789 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6791 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6792 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6794 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6796 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6798 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6800 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6802 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6803 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6804 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6805 will not show through at all will be removed.
6807 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6809 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6810 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6812 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6813 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6814 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6816 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6817 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6818 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6819 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6820 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6821 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6822 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6823 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6825 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6826 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6827 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6828 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6829 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6830 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6831 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6832 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6834 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6835 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6836 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6837 is the menu item's name.
6839 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6840 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6842 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6843 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6844 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6846 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6847 Make the region invisible.
6848 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6849 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6851 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6852 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6853 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6854 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6856 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6857 Make the region unmodifiable.
6858 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6859 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6861 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6862 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6864 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6865 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6867 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6868 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6869 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6871 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6872 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6874 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6875 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6877 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6878 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6879 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6880 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6881 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6886 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6887 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6889 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6890 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6891 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6892 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6894 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6896 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6897 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6898 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6900 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6901 - When you save the file's buffer.
6902 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6903 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6904 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6905 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6907 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6909 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6910 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6911 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6912 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6914 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6915 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6917 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6921 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6922 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6923 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
6924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6926 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6927 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6928 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6929 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6931 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6932 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6934 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6935 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6936 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6937 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6939 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6940 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6941 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6942 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6943 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6945 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6946 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6947 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6948 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6949 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6950 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6951 internally by feedmail):
6953 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6954 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6955 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6956 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6958 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6959 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6960 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6961 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6962 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
6967 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6970 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6971 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6972 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6973 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6974 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6975 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6976 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6978 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6979 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6980 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6981 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6982 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6983 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6984 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6986 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6987 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6989 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6990 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6991 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6992 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6993 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6994 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6996 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6997 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6998 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7000 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7001 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7002 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7004 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7005 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7008 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7012 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7013 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7016 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7017 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7018 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7019 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7020 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7021 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7022 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7023 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7024 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7025 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7029 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7030 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187))
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7033 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7034 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7035 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7036 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7037 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7039 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7040 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7041 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7042 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7044 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7045 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7046 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7048 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7050 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7051 as the final argument." t nil)
7053 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7054 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7055 and run dired on those files.
7056 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7057 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7059 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7062 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7063 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7065 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7067 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7072 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7073 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7074 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7076 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7077 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7078 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7080 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7083 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7084 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7086 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7087 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7089 Variables of interest include:
7091 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7092 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7093 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7095 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7096 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7097 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7099 - `ff-ignore-include'
7100 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7102 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7103 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7106 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7108 - `ff-special-constructs'
7109 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7110 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7111 extracting the filename from that construct.
7113 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7114 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7116 - `ff-search-directories'
7117 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7118 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7120 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7121 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7123 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7124 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7126 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7127 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7129 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7130 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7132 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7133 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7136 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7139 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7144 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7145 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7146 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7147 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7148 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7151 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7152 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7154 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7155 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7158 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7159 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7160 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7162 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7163 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7165 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7166 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7167 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7168 it is one of the current buffers.
7170 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7171 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7172 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7174 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7175 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7177 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7179 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7180 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7182 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7185 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7187 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7188 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7191 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7192 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7194 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7195 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7197 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7198 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7199 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7200 it is one of the current buffers.
7202 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7203 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7204 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7206 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7207 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7209 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7211 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7212 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7214 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7217 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7218 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7221 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7223 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7224 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7226 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7227 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7232 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7235 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7236 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7238 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7239 Display FILE's commentary section.
7240 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7243 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7248 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7251 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7252 Toggle flow control handling.
7253 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7254 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7256 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7257 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7258 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7259 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7260 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7261 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7265 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7266 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7267 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7270 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7271 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7272 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7274 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7275 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7277 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7279 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7280 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7281 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7282 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7283 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7284 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7287 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7288 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7289 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7292 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7295 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7296 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7297 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7299 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7301 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7302 in your .emacs file.
7304 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7306 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7308 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7310 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7311 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7316 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7317 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7320 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7321 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7323 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7324 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7326 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7327 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7329 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7330 of two major techniques:
7332 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7333 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7334 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7336 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7337 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7338 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7341 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7342 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7343 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7344 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7345 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7348 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7349 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7351 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7353 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7354 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7355 \(This is the default.)
7357 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7358 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7360 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7361 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7363 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7364 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7366 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7367 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7368 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7369 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7370 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7371 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7373 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7374 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7375 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7377 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7378 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7379 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7383 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7384 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7385 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14958 40595))
7386 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7388 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7390 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7391 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7392 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive,
7393 otherwise turn it off.
7394 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7396 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7398 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7399 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7400 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7401 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7403 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7404 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7406 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7407 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7409 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7411 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7412 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7413 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7415 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7417 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7418 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7419 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7420 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7421 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7422 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7424 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7425 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7427 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7428 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7430 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7431 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7432 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7434 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7435 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7437 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7438 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7439 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7441 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7442 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7443 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7445 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7446 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7448 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7449 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7450 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7451 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7452 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7453 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7454 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7455 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7456 end of the current highlighting list.
7460 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7461 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7462 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7464 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7465 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7467 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7468 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7469 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7471 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7472 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7474 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7475 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7477 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7478 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7479 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7481 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7483 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7485 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7487 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7488 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7489 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7490 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7491 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7493 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7494 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7499 ;;;;;; (14924 25355))
7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7502 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7503 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7504 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7505 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7506 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7508 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7511 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7512 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7514 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7522 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7523 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7524 \\<message-mode-map>
7528 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7529 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7530 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7531 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7532 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7533 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7539 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7542 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7543 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7545 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7546 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7547 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7548 C-c < forms-first-record <
7549 C-c > forms-last-record >
7550 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7551 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7552 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7553 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7554 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7555 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7556 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7557 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7558 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7559 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7562 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7563 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7565 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7566 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7571 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14942 54439))
7572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7574 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7575 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7576 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7577 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7578 with a character in column 6.")
7580 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7581 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7582 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7583 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7585 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7589 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7591 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7594 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7595 set this to the string \"!\".
7597 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7599 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7600 `fortran-structure-indent'
7601 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7603 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7604 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7605 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7606 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7607 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7608 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7609 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7610 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7611 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7612 (for TAB format continuation style).
7613 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7614 indentation for a line of code.
7616 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7617 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7618 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7619 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7620 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7621 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7622 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7623 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7624 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7625 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7626 column 5. (default 1)
7627 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7628 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7629 statements. (default nil)
7630 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7631 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7632 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7633 statement. (default nil)
7634 `fortran-continuation-string'
7635 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7636 line. (default \"$\")
7637 `fortran-comment-region'
7638 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7639 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7640 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7641 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7642 as typed. (default t)
7643 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7644 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7647 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7648 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7653 ;;;;;; (14915 6801))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7656 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7657 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7659 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7660 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7662 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7663 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7666 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7667 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7668 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7669 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7670 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7671 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7673 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7674 Each keyword should be a string.
7676 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7677 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7679 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7680 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7681 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7683 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7685 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7687 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7688 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7689 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7690 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7692 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7693 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7697 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7698 ;;;;;; (14901 64340))
7699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7701 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7702 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7703 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7704 at places they belong to." t nil)
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7709 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340))
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7712 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7713 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7715 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7717 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7718 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7719 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7720 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7721 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7723 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7724 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7726 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7727 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7729 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7731 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7732 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7733 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7738 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7743 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7745 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7746 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7748 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7749 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7750 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7751 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7755 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7756 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7757 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7759 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7760 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7767 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7770 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7771 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7776 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7779 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7785 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7789 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7790 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7793 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7795 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7796 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7798 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7799 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7803 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7804 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56701))
7805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7807 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7808 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7809 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7811 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7812 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7816 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7817 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7818 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7820 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7822 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7823 Run batched scoring.
7824 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7829 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7832 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7834 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7835 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7837 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7842 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7843 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7846 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7847 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7848 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7849 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7852 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7853 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7854 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7855 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7857 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7858 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7859 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7860 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7861 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7862 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7863 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7864 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7865 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7866 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7868 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7869 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7870 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7872 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7873 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7875 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7876 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7877 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7879 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7881 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7882 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7883 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7885 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7887 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7888 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7889 existing groups are considered.
7891 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7892 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7895 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7896 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7897 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7898 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7899 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7900 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7901 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7902 clauses will be generated.
7904 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7905 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7906 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7907 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7908 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7909 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7911 For example, given the following group parameters:
7914 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7915 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7917 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7918 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7919 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7920 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7922 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7924 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7926 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7928 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7929 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7930 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7934 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7935 ;;;;;; (14791 18898))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7938 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7939 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7940 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7948 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7949 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7950 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7951 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7953 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7958 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7961 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7962 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7963 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7964 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7967 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7968 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7969 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7974 ;;;;;; (14791 18898))
7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7977 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7978 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7979 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7980 for matching on group names.
7982 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7983 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7985 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7987 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7992 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7995 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7996 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8001 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8004 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8005 Unload all Gnus features.
8006 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8007 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8008 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8010 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8011 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8015 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8016 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8019 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8020 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8027 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8028 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8029 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8030 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8031 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8033 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8034 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8035 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8037 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8038 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8039 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8043 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8044 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8047 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8048 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8049 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8050 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8051 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8053 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8054 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8055 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8056 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8057 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8060 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8061 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8063 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8065 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8066 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8070 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8073 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8074 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8075 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8076 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8077 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8081 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8082 ;;;;;; (14961 24253))
8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8085 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8086 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8087 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8088 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8090 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8091 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8093 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8095 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8096 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8097 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8098 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8100 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8101 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8102 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8103 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8105 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8106 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8108 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8109 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8110 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8111 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8113 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8114 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8115 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8116 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8118 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8119 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8120 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8121 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8122 between it and it's value." t nil)
8123 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8131 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8132 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8133 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8134 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8136 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8137 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8138 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8139 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8144 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8147 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8148 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8150 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8151 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8152 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8153 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8155 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8157 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8158 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8159 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8160 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8161 to be updated." t nil)
8165 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8166 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8169 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8170 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8171 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8172 and window listing and describing the options.
8173 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8174 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8178 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8179 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8182 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8183 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8185 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8186 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8191 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 31346))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8194 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8195 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8196 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8197 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8198 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8200 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8201 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8203 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8204 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8205 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8206 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8208 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8209 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8212 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8217 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8218 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8219 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8220 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8221 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8222 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8223 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8224 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8225 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8226 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8227 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8228 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8229 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8230 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8231 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8233 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8234 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8235 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8237 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8240 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8242 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8243 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8244 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8246 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8247 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8248 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8250 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8251 into the buffer at the current point.
8253 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8254 into the buffer at the current point.
8256 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8257 into the buffer at the current point.
8259 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8261 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8262 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8264 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8266 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8268 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8269 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8270 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8272 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8273 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8274 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8278 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8279 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8280 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14941 34892))
8281 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8283 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8285 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8286 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8288 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8290 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8292 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8293 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8295 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8296 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8297 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8298 which can be called interactively, are:
8300 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8301 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8303 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8304 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8306 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8307 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8309 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8310 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8311 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8312 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8313 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8314 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8316 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8317 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8319 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8320 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8322 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8323 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8324 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8327 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8329 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8331 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8332 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8334 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8335 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8336 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8337 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8339 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8341 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8342 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8344 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8345 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8346 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8347 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8349 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8351 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8352 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8354 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8355 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8356 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8357 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8358 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8360 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8361 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8363 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8364 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8365 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8370 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 13974))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8373 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8374 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8376 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8377 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8378 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8379 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8380 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8381 how the hiding is done:
8384 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8385 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8388 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8389 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8390 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8391 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8392 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8395 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8396 #endif lines when hiding.
8398 hide-ifdef-initially
8399 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8402 hide-ifdef-read-only
8403 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8404 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8406 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8408 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8409 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8411 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8412 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8414 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8415 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8420 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8423 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8424 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8428 Each element has the form
8429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8435 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8441 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8443 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8444 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8446 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8447 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8449 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8450 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8451 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8453 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8454 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8455 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8456 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8457 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8458 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8460 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8461 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8462 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8464 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8465 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8467 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8470 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8475 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8476 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8477 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 31723))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8480 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8482 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8483 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8484 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8486 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8487 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8489 Without an argument:
8490 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8491 or passive state as determined by the variable
8492 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8495 With an argument ARG:
8496 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8497 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8498 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8500 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8501 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8502 not displayed in a different face.
8505 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8506 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8507 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8508 buffer with the contents of a file
8509 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8510 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8514 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8515 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8516 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8518 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8519 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8521 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8522 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8525 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8527 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8528 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8529 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8530 shown in the last face in the list.
8532 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8533 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8534 buffer to be saved):
8536 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8538 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8539 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8541 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8542 and must not be read-only.
8544 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8545 this function is called interactively.
8547 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8548 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8549 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8551 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8552 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8553 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8555 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8556 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8558 When called interactively:
8559 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8560 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8561 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8562 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8564 When called from a program:
8565 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8566 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8567 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8568 - otherwise just turn it on
8570 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8571 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8572 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8573 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8577 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8578 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8579 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8580 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8581 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8584 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8585 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8586 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8587 or insert functions in this list.")
8589 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8590 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8592 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8593 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8595 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8596 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8598 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8599 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8601 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8602 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8603 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8605 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8606 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8607 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8610 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8611 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8612 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8613 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8614 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8616 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8617 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8618 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8619 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8620 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8622 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8623 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8624 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8626 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8627 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8628 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8629 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8636 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8637 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8638 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8640 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8642 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8644 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8646 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8647 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8648 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8649 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8650 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8654 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8655 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8658 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8659 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8661 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8662 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8664 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8668 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8669 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14883 57782))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8672 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8673 This function is obsolete.
8674 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8675 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8677 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8678 This function is obsolete.
8679 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8680 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8682 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8683 This function is obsolete.
8684 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8685 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8689 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8690 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14957 20511))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8693 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8694 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8695 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8698 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8699 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8706 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8707 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8708 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8709 Tab indents for Icon code.
8710 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8711 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8713 Variables controlling indentation style:
8714 icon-tab-always-indent
8715 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8718 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8719 inserted in Icon code.
8721 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8722 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8723 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8724 icon-continued-statement-offset
8725 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8726 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8727 icon-continued-brace-offset
8728 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8729 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8731 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8732 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8733 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8734 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8736 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8737 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8745 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8746 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8747 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8748 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8750 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8751 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8754 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8756 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8757 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8758 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8760 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8764 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8765 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8768 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8769 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8771 The main features of this mode are
8773 1. Indentation and Formatting
8774 --------------------------
8775 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8776 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8778 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8779 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8780 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8781 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8783 Comments are indented as follows:
8785 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8786 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8787 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8789 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8791 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8792 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8793 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8794 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8795 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8797 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8798 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8799 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8803 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8804 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8805 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8806 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8807 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8808 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8809 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8813 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8814 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8815 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8816 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8817 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8821 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8822 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8823 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8824 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8825 mixed or upper case.
8827 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8828 --------------------------------
8829 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8830 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8832 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8833 \\fu FUNCTION template
8834 \\c CASE statement template
8835 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8836 \\f FOR loop template
8837 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8838 \\w WHILE loop template
8839 \\i IF statement template
8840 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8843 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8844 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8846 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8847 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8848 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8850 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8851 -------------------------
8852 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8853 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8855 7. Automatic END completion
8856 ------------------------
8857 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8858 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8862 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8863 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8865 9. Documentation and Customization
8866 -------------------------------
8867 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8868 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8869 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8870 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8871 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8875 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8876 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8877 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8879 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8883 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8887 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8888 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8889 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8893 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8894 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8895 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14898 8349))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8898 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8899 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8900 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8901 be determined." nil nil)
8903 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8906 be determined." nil nil)
8908 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8909 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8910 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8912 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8914 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8915 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8916 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8917 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8918 use its file extension as image type.
8919 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8920 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8921 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8922 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8924 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8930 POS may be an integer or marker.
8931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8934 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8936 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8937 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8938 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8939 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8940 defaulted if you omit it.
8941 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8942 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8943 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8944 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8946 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8947 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8948 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8949 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8951 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8952 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8954 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8956 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8957 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8958 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8959 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8960 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8961 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8962 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8963 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8966 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8968 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8969 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8971 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8972 documentation string.
8974 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8975 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8976 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8977 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8978 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8979 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8980 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8985 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8986 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8991 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8992 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14909 56659))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8995 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
8996 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8997 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8998 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9000 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9001 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9002 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9003 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9005 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9006 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9007 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9008 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9010 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9011 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9012 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9013 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9015 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9016 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9018 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9019 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9020 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9021 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9023 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9024 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off.
9025 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9027 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9029 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9031 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9033 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9034 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9035 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9036 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9038 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9039 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9040 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9045 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14965 37091))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9048 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9049 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9051 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9053 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9054 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9057 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9059 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9060 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9061 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9063 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9064 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9066 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9067 to create a buffer index.
9069 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9070 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9072 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9073 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9074 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9075 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9076 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9078 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9079 entries are not nested.
9081 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9082 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9083 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9084 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9086 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9087 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9089 The variable is buffer-local.
9091 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9092 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9093 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9095 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9096 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
9097 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
9098 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
9100 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9102 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9103 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9105 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9106 of the current buffer as an alist.
9108 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9109 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9110 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9111 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9112 if it is a sub-alist.
9114 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9116 The variable is buffer-local.")
9118 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9120 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9121 Function for finding the next index position.
9123 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9124 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9125 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9128 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9129 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9131 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9133 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9135 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9136 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9138 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9139 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9140 It should return the name for that index item.
9142 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9144 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9146 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9147 Function to compare string with index item.
9149 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9150 non-nil if they match.
9152 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9153 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9154 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9157 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9159 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9161 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9162 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9163 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9169 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9171 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9172 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9173 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9174 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9176 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9177 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9179 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9181 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9182 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9183 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9184 for more information." t nil)
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9189 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9192 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9193 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9194 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9195 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9196 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9198 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9199 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9201 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9202 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9203 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9204 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9205 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9206 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9207 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9208 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9210 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9211 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9212 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9213 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9214 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9216 This variable is only used if the variable
9217 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9219 More precise choices:
9220 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9221 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9224 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9226 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9227 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9229 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9230 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9231 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9233 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9234 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9235 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9237 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9239 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9243 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9244 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9245 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14942 54438))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9248 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9249 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9250 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9252 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9253 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9254 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9255 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9256 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9257 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9259 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9260 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9262 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9263 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9264 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9266 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9267 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9268 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9269 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9271 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9272 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9274 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9275 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9276 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9277 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9278 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9280 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9281 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9283 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9284 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9285 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9286 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9288 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9289 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9290 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9295 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9296 ;;;;;; (14710 63985))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9299 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9300 Throw away all cached data.
9301 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9302 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9305 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9306 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9307 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9308 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9309 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9310 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9312 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9314 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9315 Display the documentation of a file.
9316 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9317 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9318 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9319 The default file name is the one found at point.
9321 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9323 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9324 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9326 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9327 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9332 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9335 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9336 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9339 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9340 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9342 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9343 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9344 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9346 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9347 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9348 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9349 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9351 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9352 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9353 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9355 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9356 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9357 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9358 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9359 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9364 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9365 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9368 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9369 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9372 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9374 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9379 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9382 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9383 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9384 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9385 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9386 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9387 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9389 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9390 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9392 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9393 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9394 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9395 \"s gives German sharp s.
9396 /a gives a with ring.
9397 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9398 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9399 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9400 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9402 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9403 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9407 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9408 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9409 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9410 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9413 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9414 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9415 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9416 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9418 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9419 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9420 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9421 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9424 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9425 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9426 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9428 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9429 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9430 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9433 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9434 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9435 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9438 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9439 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9440 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9443 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9444 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9445 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9446 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9448 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9449 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9450 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9451 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9453 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9454 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9455 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9456 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9458 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9459 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9461 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9462 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9464 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9465 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9470 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9472 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9473 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9474 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9479 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9480 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9481 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9482 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9483 ;;;;;; (14941 34892))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9486 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9487 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9489 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9490 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9492 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9493 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9495 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9496 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9497 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9498 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9500 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9501 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9502 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9504 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9506 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9508 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9510 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9512 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9514 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9516 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9517 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9519 Each element of this list is also a list:
9521 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9522 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9524 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9525 nil means the default dictionary.
9527 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9530 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9532 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9533 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9534 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9535 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9536 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9537 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9538 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9539 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9540 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9542 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9543 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9546 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9549 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9550 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9551 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9552 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9553 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9554 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9555 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9556 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9558 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9560 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9561 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9562 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9564 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9565 Key map for ispell menu.")
9567 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9568 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9569 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9570 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9572 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9574 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9576 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9578 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9580 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9582 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9583 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9584 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9585 Valid forms include:
9586 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9587 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9588 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9589 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9591 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9592 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9593 First list is used raw.
9594 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9596 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9597 for skipping in latex mode.")
9599 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9601 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9602 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9603 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9604 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9606 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9607 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9608 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9609 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9610 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9612 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9613 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9615 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9617 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9618 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9621 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9622 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9623 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9624 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9625 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9627 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9628 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9632 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9633 SPC: Accept word this time.
9634 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9635 `a': Accept word for this session.
9636 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9637 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9638 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9639 `?': Show these commands.
9640 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9641 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9642 the aborted check to be completed later.
9643 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9644 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9645 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9646 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9647 `C-l': redraws screen
9648 `C-r': recursive edit
9649 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9651 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9652 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9653 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9655 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9656 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9657 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9659 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9661 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9663 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9664 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9665 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9666 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9668 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9669 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9671 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9672 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9674 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9675 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9677 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9678 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9679 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9680 sequence inside of a word.
9682 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9684 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9685 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9687 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9688 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9689 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9690 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9692 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9693 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9694 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9695 available on the net." t nil)
9697 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9698 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9699 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9701 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9702 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9704 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9705 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9707 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9708 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9709 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9710 Don't check included messages.
9712 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9713 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9714 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9716 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9717 in your .emacs file:
9718 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9719 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9720 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9721 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9723 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9724 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9725 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9730 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9731 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9732 ;;;;;; (14960 24010))
9733 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9735 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9736 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9738 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9740 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9742 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9744 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9745 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9746 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9747 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9748 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9749 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9751 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9752 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9753 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9754 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9756 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9758 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9759 Switch to another buffer.
9761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9762 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9763 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9765 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9767 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9768 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9770 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9772 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9773 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9774 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9775 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9777 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9778 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9779 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9780 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9782 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9783 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9784 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9785 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9786 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9791 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9792 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9793 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9796 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9798 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9799 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9800 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9801 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9802 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9803 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9804 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9805 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9807 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9808 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9809 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9810 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9812 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9813 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9814 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9815 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9816 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9818 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9819 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9820 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9821 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9823 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9824 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9825 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9826 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9828 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9829 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9831 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9832 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9833 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9834 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9835 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9837 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9838 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9839 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9840 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9841 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9844 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9845 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9849 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14952
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9853 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9854 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9855 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9856 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9857 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9861 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9862 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9865 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9866 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9867 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9869 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9871 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9873 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9875 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9876 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9877 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9878 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9880 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9881 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9886 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9889 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9890 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9891 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9893 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9894 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9895 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9896 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9899 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9900 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9901 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9905 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9909 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9910 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9911 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9912 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9913 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9914 positions that contains the current selection.")
9916 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9917 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9918 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9919 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9920 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9921 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9922 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9926 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9927 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9930 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9931 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9932 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9934 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9938 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9939 ;;;;;; (14914 10736))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9942 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9944 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9945 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9947 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9949 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9950 Start or resume an Lm game.
9951 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9952 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9954 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9955 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9961 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9962 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9963 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9967 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9968 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9969 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9972 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9974 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9975 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9976 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9977 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9978 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9979 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9981 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9982 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9984 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9985 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9987 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9988 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9989 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9990 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9993 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9995 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10000 ;;;;;; (14950 54051))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10003 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10004 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10005 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10006 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10007 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10008 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10009 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10010 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10013 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10015 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10017 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10019 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10020 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10021 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10022 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10023 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10028 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10031 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10032 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10033 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10034 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10036 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10038 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10040 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10041 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10042 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10043 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10044 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10047 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10048 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10049 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10050 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10051 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10053 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10054 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10055 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10056 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10057 slow to keep up with your typing.
10059 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10060 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10061 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10062 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10063 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10064 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10066 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10067 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10068 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10069 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10071 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10072 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10073 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10074 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10076 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10077 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10078 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10079 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10080 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10082 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10083 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10091 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10092 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10094 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10095 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10097 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10098 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10100 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10101 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10102 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10103 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10104 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10105 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10106 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10107 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10108 and transmit saved text.
10110 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10111 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10113 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10120 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10121 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10122 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10123 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10124 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10128 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10132 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10133 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10134 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10135 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10140 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10143 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10144 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10145 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10147 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10148 Run the locate command with a filter.
10150 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10151 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10155 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14909 56659))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10158 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10159 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10160 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10161 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10162 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10163 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10164 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10165 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10166 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10167 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10168 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10169 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10170 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10174 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10178 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10179 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10183 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10184 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14967
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10188 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10190 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10192 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10193 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10194 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10196 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10197 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10199 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10200 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10201 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10202 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10203 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10204 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10205 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10207 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10208 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10209 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10210 switch on this list.
10211 See `lpr-command'.")
10213 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10214 *Name of program for printing a file.
10216 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10217 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10218 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10219 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10220 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10221 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10224 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10225 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10226 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10227 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10229 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10230 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10232 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10233 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10234 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10235 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10237 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10238 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10240 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10241 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10243 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10244 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10246 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10248 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10249 Paginate and print the region contents.
10251 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10252 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10253 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10254 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10256 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10257 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10259 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10260 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509))
10265 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10267 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10275 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10276 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10277 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10279 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717
10285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10287 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10288 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10295 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15439))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10298 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10299 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10300 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10301 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10302 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10304 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10305 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10306 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10307 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10309 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10310 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10311 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10312 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10315 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10316 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10318 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10319 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10320 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10321 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10322 each time the macro executes.
10323 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10324 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10325 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10326 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10327 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10328 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10329 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10331 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10332 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10333 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10335 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10336 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10337 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10340 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10341 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10343 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10344 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10345 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10346 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10347 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10349 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10352 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10353 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10354 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10356 You could enter the names in this format:
10362 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10365 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10368 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10369 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10375 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10376 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10379 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10380 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10381 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10382 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10384 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10385 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10386 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10387 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10388 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10390 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10391 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10392 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10393 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10395 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10396 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10401 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10402 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10405 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10406 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10408 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10410 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10411 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10413 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10414 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10415 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10418 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10422 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10423 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10424 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10428 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10429 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10430 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10431 often correct parser.")
10433 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10435 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10436 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10437 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10438 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10440 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10441 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10443 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10445 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10450 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10451 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10452 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10453 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10454 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10455 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10460 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 32676))
10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10463 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10464 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10466 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10467 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10468 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10470 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10471 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10472 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10476 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10477 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10481 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10482 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10483 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10485 If `parens', they look like:
10486 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10487 If `angles', they look like:
10488 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10490 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10491 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10492 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10493 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10494 their `Resent-' variants.
10496 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10497 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10499 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10500 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10501 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10503 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10504 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10505 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10506 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10508 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10509 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10510 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10511 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10516 ;;;;;; (14717 60289))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10519 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10520 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10521 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10523 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10525 In the browser, use the following keys:
10527 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10529 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10531 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10532 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10534 makefile-target-colon:
10535 The string that gets appended to all target names
10536 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10537 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10539 makefile-macro-assign:
10540 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10541 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10542 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10543 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10544 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10545 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10547 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10548 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10549 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10551 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10552 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10554 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10555 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10556 up or down in the browser.
10558 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10559 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10561 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10562 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10564 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10565 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10566 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10567 has been selected in the browser.
10569 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10571 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10572 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10573 filenames are omitted.
10575 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10576 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10577 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10578 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10579 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10580 the backslash itself intact.
10581 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10582 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10584 makefile-browser-hook:
10585 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10586 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10588 makefile-special-targets-list:
10589 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10590 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10591 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10599 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10600 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10601 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10605 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14961 25220))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10608 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10610 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10611 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10612 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10613 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10614 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10615 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10616 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10618 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10619 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10621 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10622 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10626 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10627 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10628 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10629 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10630 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10631 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10632 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10633 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10634 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14955 64850))
10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10637 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10638 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10640 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10642 If `parens', they look like:
10643 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10644 If `angles', they look like:
10645 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10647 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10648 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10650 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10651 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10653 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10654 *Local news organization file.")
10656 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10657 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10658 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10659 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10661 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10662 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10663 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10665 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10667 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10668 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10670 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10671 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10673 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10674 *Function for citing an original message.
10675 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10676 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10677 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10679 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10680 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10681 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10682 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10683 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10685 (defvar message-signature t "\
10686 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10687 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10688 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10689 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10691 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10692 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10694 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10696 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10697 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10698 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10699 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10700 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10701 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10702 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10703 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10704 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10705 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10706 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10707 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10708 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10709 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10710 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10711 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10712 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10713 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10714 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10715 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10716 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10717 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10718 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10719 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10720 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10722 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10723 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10724 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10726 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10727 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10729 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10730 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10732 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10733 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10735 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10736 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10737 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10740 Cancel an article you posted.
10741 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10743 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10744 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10745 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10746 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10748 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10749 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10751 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10752 Forward the current message via mail.
10753 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10754 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10756 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10757 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10759 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10760 Re-mail the current message.
10761 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10762 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10765 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10766 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10768 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10769 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10771 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10772 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10774 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10775 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10778 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10779 Works by overstriking characters.
10780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10784 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10785 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10786 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10790 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10791 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10794 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10795 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10799 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10800 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10802 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10803 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10807 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10808 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10812 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10813 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10814 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10817 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10818 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10819 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10821 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10822 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10823 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10824 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10825 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10826 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10827 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10830 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10831 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10832 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10833 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10835 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10836 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10839 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10840 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10841 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10842 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10845 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10849 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10850 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14849 24594))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10853 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10854 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10855 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10856 to the MH mail system.
10858 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10860 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10861 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10862 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10863 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10864 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10865 that want to create a mail buffer.
10866 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10868 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10869 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10870 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10871 to the MH mail system.
10873 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10875 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10876 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10877 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10878 using the MH mail handling system.
10879 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10882 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10884 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10886 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10887 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10888 the yanked message.
10890 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10891 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10892 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10893 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10894 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10896 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10897 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10898 inserted in a draft letter.
10900 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10901 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10903 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10907 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10911 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10912 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10913 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10914 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10916 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10917 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10924 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10925 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14906 3793))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10932 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10934 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10936 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10938 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10943 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10946 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10947 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10948 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10949 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10950 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10951 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10952 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10953 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10954 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10955 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10956 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10958 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10959 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10960 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10961 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
10966 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
10969 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
10970 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
10971 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10973 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
10975 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10977 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
10979 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
10980 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
10981 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
10982 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
10983 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
10984 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
10985 default indication.
10987 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10988 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
10992 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10993 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10996 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10997 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11002 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11005 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11006 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11007 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11008 the entire message.
11009 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11013 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11014 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11017 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11018 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11019 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11020 followed by the first character of the construct.
11022 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11023 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11024 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11025 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11026 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11027 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11028 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11029 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11030 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11031 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11032 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11033 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11034 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11037 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11038 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11039 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11043 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11044 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11045 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11047 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11048 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11050 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11051 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11055 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11059 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11060 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11061 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11062 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11064 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11066 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11068 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11070 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11071 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11072 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11073 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11074 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11075 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11077 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11078 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11079 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11080 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11081 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11083 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11084 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11086 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11087 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11089 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11091 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11092 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11093 primary selection and region." t nil)
11097 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11100 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11101 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14965 57143))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11108 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11109 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11110 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11112 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11114 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11116 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11118 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11120 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11121 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11122 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11126 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11127 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11128 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11129 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11130 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11131 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14961 12689))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11134 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11135 Display a list of all character sets.
11137 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11138 for internal Emacs use.
11140 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11141 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11142 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11143 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11144 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11146 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11147 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11148 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11149 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11151 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11152 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11154 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11155 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11156 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11157 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11158 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11160 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11161 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11162 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11163 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11164 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11166 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11167 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11169 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11170 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11172 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11173 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11174 POS defaults to point.
11175 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11176 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11177 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11179 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11180 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11182 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11183 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11185 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11186 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11187 at the place of `..':
11188 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11189 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11190 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11191 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11192 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11193 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11194 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11195 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11196 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11197 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11198 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11199 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11200 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11201 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11202 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11203 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11205 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11206 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11208 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11209 Display a list of all coding systems.
11210 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11212 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11213 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11215 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11216 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11218 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11219 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11222 Display information of FONTSET.
11223 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11225 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11226 Display a list of all fontsets.
11227 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11228 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11229 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11231 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11232 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11234 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11235 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11237 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11238 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11239 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11240 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11243 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11244 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11246 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11247 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11248 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11253 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11254 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11255 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11256 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11257 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11258 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11261 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11262 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11263 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11265 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11266 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11268 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11269 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11271 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11272 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11274 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11275 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11276 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11277 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11278 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11280 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11281 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11282 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11283 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11284 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11286 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11287 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11289 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11291 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11292 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11294 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11295 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11296 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11298 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11299 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11300 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11302 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11303 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11304 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11306 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11307 longer than KEYSEQ.
11308 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11310 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11311 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11312 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11313 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11314 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11315 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11316 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11317 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11318 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11319 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11320 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11322 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11323 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11325 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11326 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11328 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11329 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11331 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11332 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11334 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11335 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11337 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11338 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11339 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11340 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11342 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11343 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11344 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11345 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11347 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11348 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11349 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11350 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11354 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11355 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11358 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11359 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11360 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11361 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11362 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11364 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11366 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11368 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11369 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11370 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11371 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11373 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11374 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11378 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11379 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11380 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11381 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11384 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11385 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11387 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11389 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11390 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11392 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11393 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11395 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11397 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11398 Run netstat program." t nil)
11400 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11401 Run the arp program." t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11404 Run the route program." t nil)
11406 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11407 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11409 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11410 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11412 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11413 Run dig program." t nil)
11415 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11416 Run ftp program." t nil)
11418 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11419 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11421 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11422 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11423 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11424 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11426 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11428 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11429 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11431 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11432 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11436 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11437 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11438 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11439 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11440 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11443 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11445 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11447 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11449 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11451 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11453 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11454 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11455 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11456 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11457 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11459 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11460 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11462 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11463 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11464 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11465 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11467 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11468 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11470 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11471 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11472 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11474 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11475 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11476 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11477 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11478 column indentation or nil.
11479 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11481 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11482 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11483 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11485 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11486 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11487 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11488 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11490 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11491 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11493 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11494 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11495 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11497 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11498 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11500 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11501 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11502 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11504 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11505 Set the comment column based on point.
11506 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11507 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11508 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11509 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11511 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11512 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11513 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11515 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11516 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11517 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11518 comment markers." t nil)
11520 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11521 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11522 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11523 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11524 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11525 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11526 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11527 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11529 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11530 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11533 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11534 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11535 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11536 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11537 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11538 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11539 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11541 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11542 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11543 This indents the body of the continued comment
11544 under the previous comment line.
11546 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11547 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11548 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11550 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11551 or comment indentation.
11553 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11554 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11558 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11562 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11563 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11564 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11565 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11566 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11567 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11572 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11575 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11576 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11577 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11581 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11582 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11585 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11586 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11587 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11592 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11595 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11596 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11601 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 18897))
11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11604 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11605 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11607 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11608 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11610 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11611 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11616 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11619 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11620 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11621 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11623 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11625 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11626 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11627 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11628 to future sessions." t nil)
11630 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11631 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11632 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11633 to future sessions." t nil)
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11638 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11641 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11642 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11644 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11645 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11646 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11654 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11655 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11656 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11657 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11658 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11662 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11663 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11666 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11667 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11668 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11670 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11672 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11673 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11675 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11676 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11677 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11679 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11684 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11687 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11688 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11690 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11691 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11692 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11693 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11695 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11696 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11697 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11698 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11699 is why you need this mode!).
11701 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11702 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11703 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11705 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11710 \\{octave-mode-map}
11712 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11713 ==============================================
11716 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11719 octave-auto-newline
11720 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11723 octave-blink-matching-block
11724 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11725 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11727 octave-block-offset
11728 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11731 octave-continuation-offset
11732 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11735 octave-continuation-string
11736 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11737 Default is a backslash.
11739 octave-mode-startup-message
11740 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11743 octave-send-echo-input
11744 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11745 command to the inferior Octave process.
11747 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11748 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11749 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11751 octave-send-echo-input
11752 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11754 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11756 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11757 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11759 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11760 (setq auto-mode-alist
11761 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11763 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11764 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11766 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11770 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11771 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11773 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11774 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11775 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11776 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11781 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11784 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11785 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11786 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11788 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11789 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11790 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11791 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11792 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11794 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11799 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11802 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11803 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11804 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11805 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11807 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11808 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11809 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11810 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11812 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11813 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11814 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11815 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11816 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11817 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11819 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11820 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11822 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11823 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11824 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11825 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11826 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11827 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11828 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11829 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11830 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11831 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11832 The subheadings remain visible.
11833 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11835 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11836 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11837 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11839 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11840 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11842 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11843 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11844 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11845 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11849 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11852 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11853 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11854 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11856 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11858 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11860 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11862 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11863 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11864 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11865 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11867 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11868 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11872 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11876 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11877 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11878 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11880 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11881 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11883 Other useful functions are:
11885 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11886 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11887 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11888 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11889 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11890 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11891 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11892 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11893 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11895 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11897 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11898 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11899 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11900 Indentation for case statements.
11901 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11902 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11904 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11905 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11906 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11907 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11908 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11909 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11910 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11911 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11912 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11913 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11915 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11916 pascal-separator-keywords.
11918 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11919 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11924 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11927 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11928 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11929 The keys affected are:
11930 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11931 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11932 M-Backspace does undo.
11933 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11934 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11935 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11939 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11940 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11943 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11944 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11946 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11948 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11949 which modify the status of the mark.
11951 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11952 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11954 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11955 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11957 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11958 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11959 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11960 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11961 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11963 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11964 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11966 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11967 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11968 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11970 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11971 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11972 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11974 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11975 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11977 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11978 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11979 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11981 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11982 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11983 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11989 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11990 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11991 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11993 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11994 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11995 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11996 and cursor movement commands.
11997 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11998 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12000 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12002 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12010 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12011 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12015 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12016 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12019 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12020 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12022 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12023 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12025 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12026 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12028 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12029 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12031 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12036 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29316))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12040 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12042 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12043 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12046 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12054 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12055 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12056 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12057 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12058 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12059 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12063 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12064 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12065 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12068 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12069 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12071 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12073 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12074 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12077 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12080 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12082 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12084 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12085 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12087 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12088 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12091 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12096 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12097 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12101 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12102 Support extensible programmable completion.
12103 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12104 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12106 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12107 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12109 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12110 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12111 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12113 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12114 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12116 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12117 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12118 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12120 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12121 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12124 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12127 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12128 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12129 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12130 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12132 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12133 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12138 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12139 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14966 38375))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12142 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12143 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12144 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12145 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12147 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12149 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12150 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12151 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12152 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12153 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12154 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12155 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12157 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12158 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12159 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12160 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12161 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12162 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12163 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12164 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12167 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12168 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12169 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12170 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12171 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12173 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12174 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12175 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12176 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12177 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12178 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12179 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12181 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12183 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12184 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12185 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12187 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12188 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12189 NIL means never do it.
12190 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12191 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12192 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12194 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12195 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12196 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14909 56659))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12203 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12208 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12211 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12212 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12213 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12214 Tab indents for Perl code.
12215 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12219 Variables controlling indentation style:
12220 perl-tab-always-indent
12221 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12222 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12223 perl-tab-to-comment
12224 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12225 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12226 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12228 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12230 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12231 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12232 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12233 perl-continued-statement-offset
12234 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12235 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12236 perl-continued-brace-offset
12237 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12238 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12240 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12241 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12242 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12243 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12245 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12247 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12248 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12249 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12250 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12251 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12252 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12253 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12255 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12259 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12260 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12263 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12264 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12265 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12266 afterwards settable by these commands:
12267 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12268 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12269 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12270 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12271 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12272 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12273 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12274 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12275 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12276 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12277 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12278 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12279 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12280 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12281 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12282 with these commands:
12283 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12284 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12285 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12286 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12287 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12288 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12289 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12290 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12291 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12292 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12293 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12294 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12295 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12296 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12297 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12298 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12299 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12300 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12301 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12302 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12303 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12304 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12305 text is saved in the kill ring.
12306 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12307 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12308 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12309 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12310 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12311 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12312 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12313 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12314 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12315 commands if invoked soon enough.
12316 You can return to the previous mode with:
12317 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12318 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12320 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12322 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12323 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12325 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12329 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12332 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12333 Play pong and waste time.
12334 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12335 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12337 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12339 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12343 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12347 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12348 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12349 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12350 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12351 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12353 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12354 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12355 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12356 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12357 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12359 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12360 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12361 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12362 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12367 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12370 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12371 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12372 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12374 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12375 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12376 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12378 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12379 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14895 24173))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12386 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12387 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12388 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12396 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12397 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12399 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12401 The following variables hold user options, and can
12402 be set through the `customize' command:
12404 ps-mode-auto-indent
12407 ps-mode-print-function
12409 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12413 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12416 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12422 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12423 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12424 The keymap for this second window is:
12426 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12429 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12430 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12431 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12432 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12433 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12439 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12440 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12441 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12444 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12445 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12449 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12450 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12451 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12452 changed by setting the variable
12453 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12454 The initial value of this variable is
12455 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12458 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12459 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12460 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12461 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12462 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12463 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12466 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12467 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12468 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12469 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12470 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12471 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12472 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12473 use this value, be sure to have installed
12474 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12475 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12476 documentation of this variable).
12478 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12479 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12480 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12481 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12482 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12483 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12485 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12487 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12488 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12489 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12491 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12493 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12494 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12496 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12498 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12502 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12504 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12505 the sequence." nil nil)
12507 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12508 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12510 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12513 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12517 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12519 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12520 the sequence." nil nil)
12522 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12523 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12525 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12526 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12527 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12529 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12533 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12534 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12535 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12536 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12537 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12538 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14924 30911))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12541 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12542 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12543 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12544 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12546 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12547 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12549 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12550 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12552 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12553 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12554 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12556 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12557 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12558 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12561 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12562 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12563 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12564 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12566 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12567 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12568 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12570 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12571 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12572 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12573 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12574 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12576 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12577 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12578 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12579 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12581 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12583 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12584 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12585 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12586 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12587 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12589 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12591 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12592 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12593 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12595 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12597 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12598 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12599 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12600 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12601 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12603 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12605 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12606 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12608 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12609 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12610 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12612 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12613 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12614 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12617 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12618 using the current ps-print setup.
12619 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12620 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12622 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12623 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12624 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12626 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12627 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12628 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12630 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12631 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12633 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12634 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12636 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12637 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12639 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12641 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12643 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12644 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12646 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12647 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12649 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12651 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12653 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12655 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12656 foreground and background colors respectively.
12658 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12659 bold - use bold font.
12660 italic - use italic font.
12661 underline - put a line under text.
12662 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12663 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12664 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12665 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12666 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12668 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12672 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12673 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12674 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12675 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12676 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12679 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12680 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12681 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12683 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12684 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12685 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12686 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12687 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12688 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12689 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12691 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12692 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12693 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12694 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12695 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12697 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12699 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12700 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12701 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12702 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12703 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12704 list of candidates.
12706 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12707 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12708 command to be called.
12710 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12711 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12712 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12713 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12715 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12716 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12717 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12718 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12719 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12722 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12723 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12724 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12725 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12727 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12728 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12729 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12730 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12732 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12733 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12734 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12735 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12736 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12737 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12739 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12740 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12741 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12742 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12743 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12744 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12746 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12747 covers Quail translation region.
12749 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12750 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12751 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12752 for it) is inserted.
12754 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12755 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12756 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12758 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12759 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12760 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12762 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12763 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12765 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12766 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12767 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12768 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12769 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12771 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12772 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12774 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12775 keyboard type." t nil)
12777 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12778 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12779 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12780 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12781 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12782 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12783 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12784 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12785 for the translation.
12786 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12788 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12789 it is used to handle KEY.
12791 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12792 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12793 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12794 the following annotation types are supported.
12796 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12797 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12799 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12802 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12803 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12804 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12807 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12808 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12810 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12811 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12813 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12814 which to install MAP.
12816 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12818 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12819 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12821 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12822 which to install MAP.
12824 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12826 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12827 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12828 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12829 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12830 a function, or a cons.
12831 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12832 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12833 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12834 for the translation.
12835 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12836 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12837 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12838 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12839 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12841 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12842 it is used to handle KEY.
12844 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12845 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12846 current Quail package.
12848 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12849 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12851 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12852 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12854 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12855 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12857 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12859 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12860 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12862 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12863 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12864 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12865 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12866 of the Emacs source tree.
12868 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12869 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12871 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12872 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12873 of each directory." t nil)
12877 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12878 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12879 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12883 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12884 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12885 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12886 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12888 To make use of this do something like:
12890 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12892 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12894 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12895 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12897 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12898 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12899 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12901 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12902 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12904 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12905 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12907 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12908 is decided." t nil)
12910 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12911 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12913 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12914 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12915 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12917 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12918 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12920 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12921 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12923 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12924 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12926 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12928 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12930 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12931 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
12937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12939 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12940 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12941 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12945 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12946 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
12947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12949 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12950 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12954 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12955 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12956 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14875 64576))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12959 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12960 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12962 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12963 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12965 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12966 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12968 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12969 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12970 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12971 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12972 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12974 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12975 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12977 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12978 Toggle Recentf mode on or off.
12979 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12981 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12983 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12985 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12987 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12988 Toggle recentf mode.
12989 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12990 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12992 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12993 were operated on recently." t nil)
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12998 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12999 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13000 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
13002 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13004 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13005 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13006 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13009 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13010 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13012 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13013 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13014 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13015 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13018 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13019 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13020 to be deleted." t nil)
13022 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13023 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13024 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13026 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13027 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13030 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13031 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13032 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13034 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13035 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13037 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13038 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13040 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13043 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13044 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13046 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13047 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13048 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13049 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13050 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13051 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13052 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13054 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13055 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13057 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13058 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13061 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13062 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13063 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13065 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13066 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13067 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13068 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13069 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13071 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13072 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13074 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13075 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13078 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13079 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13081 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13082 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13085 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13086 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13090 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13098 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13099 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13100 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13102 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13103 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13104 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13108 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13109 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13112 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13113 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13115 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13116 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13118 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13119 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13121 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13122 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13123 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13126 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13127 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13128 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13130 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13131 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13132 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13134 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13135 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13137 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13138 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13140 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13141 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13144 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13149 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13152 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13153 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13154 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13155 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13156 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13157 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13159 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13161 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13163 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13164 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13165 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13166 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13168 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13169 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13170 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13171 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13175 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13176 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13179 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13180 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13181 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13183 To insert new phrases, use
13184 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13185 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13187 To index phrases use one of:
13189 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13190 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13191 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13192 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13193 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13195 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13196 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13198 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13200 Here are all local bindings.
13202 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13206 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13207 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13210 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13211 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13212 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13213 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13214 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13215 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13217 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13218 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13220 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13221 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13223 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13224 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13225 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13226 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13230 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
13231 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13233 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13234 Repeat most recently executed command.
13235 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13236 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13237 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13239 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13240 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13241 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13245 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13246 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13249 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13250 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13252 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13253 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13254 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13255 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13256 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13257 and point is left after the salutation.
13259 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13260 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13261 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13262 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13263 left after that text.
13265 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13268 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13269 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13270 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13271 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13275 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13276 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13279 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13280 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13281 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13282 visibility of comments that precede it.
13283 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13284 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13285 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13286 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13287 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13288 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13289 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13290 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13292 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13293 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13294 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13295 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13296 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13297 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13305 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13306 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13310 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13311 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13314 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13315 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13317 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13318 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13322 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13324 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13326 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13327 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13328 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13329 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13331 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13333 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13334 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13335 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13336 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13338 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13339 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13341 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13342 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13344 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13345 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13348 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13349 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13350 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13351 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13352 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13354 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13355 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13356 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13357 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13359 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13360 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13365 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13366 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13367 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13368 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13369 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13370 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13371 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14965 23688))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13374 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13375 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13376 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13377 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13379 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13380 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13381 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13382 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13383 value is the user's name.)
13384 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13386 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:") "\
13387 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13388 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13389 which normally happens once for each message,
13390 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13391 To make a change in this variable take effect
13392 for a message that you have already viewed,
13393 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13395 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13396 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13397 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13398 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13400 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13401 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13403 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13404 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13405 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13406 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13408 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13409 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13411 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13412 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13414 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13415 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13416 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13417 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13418 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13420 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13421 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13423 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13424 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13426 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13427 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13429 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13430 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13432 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13433 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13435 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13436 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13438 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13439 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13441 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13442 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13444 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13445 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13446 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13447 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13449 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13450 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13452 This is set to nil by default.")
13454 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13455 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13456 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13457 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13458 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13460 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13461 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13463 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13464 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13465 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13466 this feature is required with `require'.")
13468 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13469 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13470 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13471 the message is decoded as normal way.
13473 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13474 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13475 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13477 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13478 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13479 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13481 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13482 Read and edit incoming mail.
13483 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13484 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13485 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13487 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13488 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13489 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13490 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13492 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13494 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13495 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13496 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13497 Instead, these commands are available:
13499 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13500 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13501 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13502 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13503 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13504 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13505 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13506 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13507 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13508 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13509 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13510 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13511 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13512 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13513 till a deleted message is found.
13514 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13515 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13516 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13517 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13518 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13519 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13520 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13521 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13522 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13523 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13524 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13525 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13526 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13527 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13528 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13529 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13530 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13531 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13532 (label defaults to last one specified).
13533 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13534 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13535 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13536 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13537 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13538 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13539 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13540 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13541 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13543 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13544 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13546 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13547 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13552 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13555 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13556 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13560 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13561 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13562 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13565 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13566 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13567 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13569 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13570 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13571 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13573 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13575 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13576 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13577 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13578 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13579 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13581 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13582 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13583 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13584 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13585 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13590 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13593 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13594 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13595 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13596 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13600 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13601 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13602 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13605 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13606 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13607 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13608 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13609 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13610 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13611 a file name as a string.")
13613 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13614 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13615 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13616 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13617 buffer visiting that file.
13618 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13619 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13621 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13622 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13624 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13625 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13627 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13628 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13630 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13631 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13633 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13634 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13635 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13636 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13637 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13639 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13640 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13641 will be appended with their original headers.
13643 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13644 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13646 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13647 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13649 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13651 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13652 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13653 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13658 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13659 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13663 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13664 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13665 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13667 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13668 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13669 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13671 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13672 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13673 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13675 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13676 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13677 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13679 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13680 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13681 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13683 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13684 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13685 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13687 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13688 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13689 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13690 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13695 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13696 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13697 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13698 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14902 15080))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13701 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13702 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13704 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13705 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13707 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13708 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13710 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13711 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13712 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13714 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13715 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13716 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13717 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13718 only look in the To and From fields.
13719 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13721 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13722 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13723 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13724 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13725 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13728 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13729 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13730 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13731 look in the whole message.
13732 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13734 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13735 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13736 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13738 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13739 *Function to decode summary-line.
13741 By default, `identity' is set.")
13743 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13744 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13745 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13746 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13747 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13748 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13749 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13751 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13752 sent by you under different user names.
13753 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13755 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13759 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13760 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13761 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13763 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13764 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13765 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13766 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13770 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13771 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13772 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13774 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13775 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13776 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13778 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13779 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13783 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13784 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13785 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13786 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
13787 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13789 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13790 *This variable is obsolete.")
13792 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13794 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13796 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13797 *This variable is obsolete.")
13799 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13800 *This variable is obsolete.")
13802 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13803 *This variable is obsolete.")
13805 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13806 *This variable is obsolete.")
13808 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13809 *This variable is obsolete.")
13811 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13812 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13816 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13817 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
13818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13820 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13821 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13822 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13824 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13825 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13826 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13827 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13828 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13829 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13830 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13831 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13834 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13835 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13836 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13837 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13838 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13840 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13841 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13842 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13845 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13846 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13847 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13848 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13849 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13850 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13855 ;;;;;; (14791 18897))
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13858 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13859 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13860 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13862 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13866 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13870 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13871 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13872 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13873 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13875 Interesting variables:
13877 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13878 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13880 scribe-electric-quote
13881 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13883 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13884 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13885 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13889 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13890 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
13891 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13893 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13894 Control/track scroll locking.
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13897 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13899 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13901 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13903 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13904 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13908 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13909 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13910 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
13911 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
13912 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
13913 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13916 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13917 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13919 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13921 If `parens', they look like:
13922 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13923 If `angles', they look like:
13924 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13925 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13926 derived from the envelope-from address.
13928 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13929 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13930 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13931 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13933 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13934 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13935 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13937 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13938 is a privileged operation.")
13940 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13941 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13942 This is done when the message is initialized,
13943 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13945 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13946 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13947 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13949 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13950 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13952 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13953 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13954 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13955 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
13956 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
13957 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
13959 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13960 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13962 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13963 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13964 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13966 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13967 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13968 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13969 when you first send mail.")
13971 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13972 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13973 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13974 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13975 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13977 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13978 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13979 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13980 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13981 This file need not actually exist.")
13983 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13984 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13985 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13986 If a string, that string is inserted.
13987 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13988 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13989 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13990 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13992 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13993 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13994 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13995 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13996 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13997 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13998 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13999 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
14000 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14001 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14002 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14003 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14004 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14005 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14006 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14008 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14009 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14010 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14011 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14012 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14013 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14015 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14016 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14017 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14019 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14020 User should not set this variable manually,
14021 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14022 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14023 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14024 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14026 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14027 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14028 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14029 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14031 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14032 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14035 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14037 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14038 to move to message header fields:
14041 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14042 when the message is initialized.
14044 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14045 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14047 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14050 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14051 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14053 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14054 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14056 The second through fifth arguments,
14057 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14058 the initial contents of those header fields.
14059 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14060 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14061 original message being replied to, or else an action
14062 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14063 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14064 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14065 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14066 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14067 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14069 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14070 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14072 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14073 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14077 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14914 10033))
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14080 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14081 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14082 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14083 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14084 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14085 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14087 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14091 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14092 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14095 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14096 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14097 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14098 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14101 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14102 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14103 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14105 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14106 your `.emacs' file.
14108 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14110 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14111 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14112 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14114 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14115 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14116 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14117 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14118 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14119 which this is based.
14121 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14123 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14124 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14125 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14126 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14128 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14129 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14130 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14132 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14133 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14134 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14135 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14137 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14138 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14139 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14140 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14142 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14144 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14145 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
14146 To work around that, do:
14147 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14149 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14154 ;;;;;; (14940 15186))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14157 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14159 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14160 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14161 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14162 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14163 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14164 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14166 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14167 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14168 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14169 shell-specific features.
14171 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14172 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14173 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14175 \\[sh-case] case statement
14176 \\[sh-for] for loop
14177 \\[sh-function] function definition
14178 \\[sh-if] if statement
14179 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14180 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14181 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14182 \\[sh-select] select loop
14183 \\[sh-until] until loop
14184 \\[sh-while] while loop
14186 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14187 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14188 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14189 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14190 would indent to the way it currently is.
14191 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14192 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14195 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14196 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14197 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14198 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14199 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14200 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14202 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14204 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14206 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14207 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14208 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14210 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14211 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14213 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14217 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14218 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14221 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14222 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14224 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14225 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14226 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14227 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14230 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14232 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14234 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14235 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14236 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14238 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14239 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14241 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14242 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14243 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14244 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14245 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14246 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14247 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14250 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14251 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14252 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14253 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14254 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14256 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14257 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14258 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14263 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
14264 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14266 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14267 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14268 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14269 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14270 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14273 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14274 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14275 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14276 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14277 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14278 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14279 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14280 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14281 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14282 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14283 discards input when it starts up.)
14284 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14285 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14286 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14288 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14289 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14290 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14291 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14292 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14293 `default-process-coding-system'.
14295 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14296 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14297 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14298 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14301 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14305 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14309 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14310 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14311 \\{simula-mode-map}
14312 Variables controlling indentation style:
14313 simula-tab-always-indent
14314 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14315 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14316 simula-indent-level
14317 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14318 simula-substatement-offset
14319 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14320 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14321 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14322 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14323 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14324 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14325 simula-label-offset -4711
14326 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14327 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14328 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14329 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14330 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14331 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14332 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14333 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14334 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14335 simula-electric-indent nil
14336 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14337 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14338 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14339 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14340 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14341 or nil if they should not be changed.
14342 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14343 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14344 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14345 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14347 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14348 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14350 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14351 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14356 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14357 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14358 ;;;;;; (14916 50561))
14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14361 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14362 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14364 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14365 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14366 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14367 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14368 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14370 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14371 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14372 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14373 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14374 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14375 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14376 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14378 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14379 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14382 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14383 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14384 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14385 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14386 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14387 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14388 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14390 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14391 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14394 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14395 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14397 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14398 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14399 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14400 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14402 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14403 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14404 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14405 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14407 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14408 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14409 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14411 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14412 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14414 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14415 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14417 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14418 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14419 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14420 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14421 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14422 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14423 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14424 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14427 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14428 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14429 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14430 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14431 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14432 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14433 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14434 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14436 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14437 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14438 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14439 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14440 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14443 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14444 then: insert previously read string once more
14445 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14446 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14447 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14449 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14450 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14452 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14453 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14455 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14456 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14457 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14458 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14460 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14461 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14462 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14466 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14961
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14470 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14471 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14472 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14477 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14480 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14481 Display textual smileys as images.
14482 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14483 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14484 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14488 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14489 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14492 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14496 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14499 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14500 Play the Snake game.
14501 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14503 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14505 snake-mode keybindings:
14507 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14508 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14509 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14510 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14511 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14512 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14513 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14519 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14520 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14523 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14524 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14525 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14526 Tab indents for C code.
14527 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14528 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14530 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14531 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14533 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14534 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14535 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14536 Tab indents for C code.
14537 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14540 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14541 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14546 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14547 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14550 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14551 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14553 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14554 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14555 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14557 For example, the form
14559 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14560 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14562 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14564 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14565 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14567 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14568 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14569 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14572 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14574 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14575 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14577 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14578 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14579 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14582 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14584 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14585 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14586 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14589 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14591 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14592 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14593 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14595 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14596 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14598 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14600 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14601 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14602 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14610 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14613 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14614 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14615 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14616 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14617 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14618 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14619 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14620 check after each move or undo)
14624 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14625 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14626 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14645 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14646 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14647 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14648 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14650 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14651 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14652 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14655 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14656 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14658 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14674 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14676 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14680 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14681 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14682 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5486))
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14685 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14686 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14687 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14689 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14690 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14691 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14692 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14695 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14696 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14697 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14700 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14701 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14703 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14704 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14705 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14706 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14709 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14710 It should move point to the end of the record.
14712 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14713 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14714 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14715 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14716 starts at the beginning of the record.
14718 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14719 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14720 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14722 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14723 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14724 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14725 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14726 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14727 the sort order." t nil)
14729 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14730 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14731 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14732 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14733 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14734 the sort order." t nil)
14736 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14737 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14738 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14739 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14740 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14741 the sort order." t nil)
14743 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14744 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14745 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14746 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14747 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14748 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14749 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14750 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14751 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14753 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14754 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14755 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14756 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14757 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14758 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14759 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14760 the sort order." t nil)
14762 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14763 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14764 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14765 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14766 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14767 is to be used for sorting.
14768 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14769 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14770 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14771 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14772 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14774 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14776 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14779 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14780 starting with the letter \"f\",
14781 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14783 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14784 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14785 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14786 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14787 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14788 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14789 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14792 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14793 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14794 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14795 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14796 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14798 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14799 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14800 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14804 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14805 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356))
14806 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14808 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14810 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14811 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14812 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14813 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14814 supported at a time.
14815 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14816 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14818 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14819 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14820 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14821 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14825 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14826 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14829 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14831 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14832 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14833 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14834 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14835 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14836 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14838 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14839 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14840 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14841 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14843 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14844 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14845 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14846 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14847 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14849 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14850 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14854 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14858 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14859 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14861 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14862 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14866 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14867 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14868 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14911 13087))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14871 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14872 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14874 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14875 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14877 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14879 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14881 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14883 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14884 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14885 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14886 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14887 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14888 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14889 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14891 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14893 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14894 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14895 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14896 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14898 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14899 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14900 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14901 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14903 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14904 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14905 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14907 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14908 Major mode to edit SQL.
14910 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14911 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14912 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14915 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14917 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14918 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14919 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14920 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14921 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14922 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14924 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14925 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14927 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14928 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14935 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14936 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14937 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14939 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14940 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14942 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14943 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14944 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14945 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14946 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14947 `default-process-coding-system'.
14949 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14951 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14952 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14959 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14960 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14962 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14965 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14966 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14967 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14968 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14969 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14970 `default-process-coding-system'.
14972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14974 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14975 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14977 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14978 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14981 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14982 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14989 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14992 `default-process-coding-system'.
14994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14996 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14997 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14999 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15000 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15002 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15003 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15006 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15007 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15008 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
15010 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15011 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15013 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15014 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15015 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15016 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15017 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15018 `default-process-coding-system'.
15020 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15022 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15023 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15029 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15030 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15038 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15041 `default-process-coding-system'.
15043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15045 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15046 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15048 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15049 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15052 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15053 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15055 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15056 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15058 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15059 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15060 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15061 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15062 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15063 `default-process-coding-system'.
15065 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15067 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15068 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15070 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15071 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15074 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15075 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15076 as defaults, if set.
15078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15081 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15082 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15083 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15084 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15085 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15086 `default-process-coding-system'.
15088 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15090 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15091 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15097 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15098 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15100 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15101 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15103 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15104 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15105 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15106 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15107 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15108 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15109 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15110 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15112 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15113 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15119 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15120 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15121 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15122 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15123 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15124 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15127 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15128 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15130 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15132 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15134 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15136 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15137 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15138 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15139 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15140 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15141 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15143 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15145 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15146 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15147 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15148 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15149 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15150 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15151 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15153 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15154 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15155 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15156 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15157 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15158 then complete the stroke with button3.
15159 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15161 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15162 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15163 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15165 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15166 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15167 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15169 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15170 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15172 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15174 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15175 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15177 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15178 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15180 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15182 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15183 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15184 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15185 chronologically by command name.
15186 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15188 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15189 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15190 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15191 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15192 mode in all buffers when activated.
15193 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15196 > M-x global-set-stroke
15198 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15199 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15202 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15203 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15205 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15206 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15207 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15208 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15210 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15211 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15216 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15219 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15220 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15222 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15223 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15227 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15228 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15231 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15232 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15233 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15234 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15235 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15236 original message but it does require a few things:
15238 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15240 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15243 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15244 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15247 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15249 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15251 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15252 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15253 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15260 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15261 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15262 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15263 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15264 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15266 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15267 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15268 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15269 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15270 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15271 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15272 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15276 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15279 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15280 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15284 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15287 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15288 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15289 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15290 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15291 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15292 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15293 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15295 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15296 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15297 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15298 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15300 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15301 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15305 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15306 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15309 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15310 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15311 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15312 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15313 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15314 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15316 Variables controlling indentation style:
15318 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15319 tcl-continued-indent-level
15320 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15322 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15323 documentation for details):
15324 tcl-tab-always-indent
15325 Controls action of TAB key.
15327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15328 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15329 tcl-electric-hash-style
15330 Controls action of `#' key.
15331 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15332 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15333 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15334 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15335 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15336 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15338 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15339 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15340 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15344 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15346 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15347 Run inferior Tcl process.
15348 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15349 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15351 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15352 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15353 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15357 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15359 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15361 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15362 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15363 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15364 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15365 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15366 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15367 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15368 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15370 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15371 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15372 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15373 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15377 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14921
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15381 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15382 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15383 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15384 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15385 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15386 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15388 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15389 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15391 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15392 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15396 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15398 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15400 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15401 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15402 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15403 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15404 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15405 program as keyboard input.
15407 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15408 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15409 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15410 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15412 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15413 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15414 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15415 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15416 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15418 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15420 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15421 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15422 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15423 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15425 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15426 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15427 subprocess started." t nil)
15431 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15434 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15435 Play the Tetris game.
15436 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15437 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15438 as to form complete rows.
15440 tetris-mode keybindings:
15441 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15442 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15443 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15444 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15445 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15446 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15447 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15448 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15449 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15455 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15456 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15457 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15458 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15459 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15460 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15461 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15462 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
15463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15465 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15466 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15468 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15469 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15470 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15471 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15472 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15474 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15475 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15476 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15477 if it matches the first line of the file,
15478 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15480 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15481 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15482 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15483 if the variable is non-nil.")
15485 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15486 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15488 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15489 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15490 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15491 See the documentation of that variable.")
15493 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15494 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15495 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15496 See the documentation of that variable.")
15498 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15499 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15500 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15501 See the documentation of that variable.")
15503 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15504 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15505 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15506 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15508 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15509 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15510 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15512 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15513 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15514 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15515 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15517 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15518 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15519 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15520 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15522 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15523 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15524 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15525 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15527 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15528 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15531 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15532 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15534 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15537 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15538 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15539 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15540 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15542 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15543 window system being used. For example,
15545 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15546 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15548 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15551 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15552 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15553 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15555 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15556 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15557 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15558 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15559 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15561 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15562 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15564 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15565 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15567 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15568 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15569 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15570 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15571 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15572 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15573 says which mode to use." t nil)
15575 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15577 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15579 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15581 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15582 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15583 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15584 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15585 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15587 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15588 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15589 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15590 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15591 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15592 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15593 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15595 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15596 mismatched $'s or braces.
15603 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15605 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15606 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15607 tex-dvi-print-command
15608 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15609 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15610 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15611 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15612 tex-dvi-view-command
15613 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15614 tex-show-queue-command
15615 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15616 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15618 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15619 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15620 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15622 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15623 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15624 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15625 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15626 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15628 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15629 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15630 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15631 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15632 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15633 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15634 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15636 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15637 mismatched $'s or braces.
15644 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15646 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15647 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15648 tex-dvi-print-command
15649 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15650 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15651 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15652 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15653 tex-dvi-view-command
15654 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15655 tex-show-queue-command
15656 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15657 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15659 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15660 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15661 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15663 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15664 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15665 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15666 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15667 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15669 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15670 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15671 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15672 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15673 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15674 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15675 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15677 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15678 mismatched $'s or braces.
15685 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15687 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15688 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15689 tex-dvi-print-command
15690 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15691 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15692 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15693 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15694 tex-dvi-view-command
15695 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15696 tex-show-queue-command
15697 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15698 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15700 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15701 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15702 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15703 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15705 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15709 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15710 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
15711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15713 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15714 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15715 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15716 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15718 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15719 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15720 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15722 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15723 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15724 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15725 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15726 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15728 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15729 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15730 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15731 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15733 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15734 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15735 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15736 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15738 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15739 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15743 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15744 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28430))
15745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15747 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15748 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15750 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15751 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15753 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15754 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15756 It has these extra commands:
15757 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15759 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15760 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15761 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15762 modified version of TeX input format.
15764 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15765 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15766 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15767 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15769 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15770 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15771 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15772 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15773 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15774 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15775 in the Texinfo file.
15777 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15778 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15779 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15780 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15781 move forward past the closing brace.
15783 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15784 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15786 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15787 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15788 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15790 Here are the functions:
15792 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15793 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15794 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15796 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15797 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15798 texinfo-master-menu
15800 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15802 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15803 which menu descriptions are indented.
15805 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15806 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15809 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15810 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15811 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15812 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15814 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15815 be the first node in the file.
15818 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15819 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15824 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15825 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15828 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15829 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15830 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15831 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15833 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15834 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15836 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15837 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15839 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15841 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15842 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15843 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15844 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15847 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15852 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15853 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15854 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15856 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15857 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15859 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15860 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15861 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15862 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15863 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15865 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15866 a symbol as a valid THING.
15868 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15869 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15871 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15872 Return the THING at point.
15873 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15874 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15875 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15877 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15878 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15880 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15882 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15884 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15886 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15891 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15892 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15893 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15894 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15898 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15899 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15900 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15902 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15903 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15905 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15906 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15907 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15909 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15910 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15912 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15913 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15915 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15916 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15917 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15918 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15920 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15921 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15922 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15923 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15925 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15927 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15928 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15929 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15931 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15932 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15933 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15935 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15937 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15941 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15942 ;;;;;; (14883 35658))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15945 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15946 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15947 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15948 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15950 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15952 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15953 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15954 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15955 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15957 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15961 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15962 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
15963 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15965 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15966 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15968 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15969 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15970 This display updates automatically every minute.
15971 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15972 are displayed as well.
15973 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15975 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15976 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
15977 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15979 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15981 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15983 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15985 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15986 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15987 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15989 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15990 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15991 are displayed as well.
15992 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15996 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15997 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
15998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16000 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16001 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16003 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16004 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16005 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16010 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14966 38375))
16011 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16013 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16014 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16015 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16016 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16017 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16018 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16019 look like one of the following:
16022 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16023 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16024 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16025 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16026 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16027 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16030 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16031 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16032 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16036 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16037 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16038 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16039 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16040 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16043 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16044 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16045 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16046 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16047 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16048 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16049 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16050 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16052 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16053 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16054 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16055 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16056 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16057 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16058 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16059 this function is called within a day.
16061 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16062 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16063 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16064 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16066 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16067 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16068 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16069 begun during the last time segment.
16071 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16072 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16073 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16074 discover the reason." t nil)
16076 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16077 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16079 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16080 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16081 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16082 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16083 project you were working on." t nil)
16085 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16086 Ask the user before clocking out.
16087 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16089 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16090 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16091 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16093 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16094 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16095 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16096 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16097 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16098 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16100 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16101 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16102 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16103 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16105 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16106 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16107 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16108 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16109 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16110 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16111 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16112 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16117 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16118 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16119 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16120 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16122 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16124 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16125 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16127 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16128 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16130 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16131 Perform an action at time TIME.
16132 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16133 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16134 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16135 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16136 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16137 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16139 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16141 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16142 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16143 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16144 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16145 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16147 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16149 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16150 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16151 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16152 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16154 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16155 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16156 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16157 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16159 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16160 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16162 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16163 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16165 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16166 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16167 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16168 The call should look like:
16169 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16170 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16171 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16172 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16173 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16177 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16178 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16181 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16182 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16183 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16184 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16186 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16187 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16188 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16189 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16190 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16191 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16192 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16196 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16197 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24587))
16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16199 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16200 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16201 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16203 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16204 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16205 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16206 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16207 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16209 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16210 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16211 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16212 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16213 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16215 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16216 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16217 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16218 in the menu in two ways:
16219 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16220 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16221 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16223 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16224 keymap or an alist of alists.
16225 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16226 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16230 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16231 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16232 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16235 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16236 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16238 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16239 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16241 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16242 Insert new TODO list entry.
16243 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16246 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16247 List top priorities for each category.
16249 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16250 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16252 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16253 between each category." t nil)
16255 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16256 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16257 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16258 between each category.
16260 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16262 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16263 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16265 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16267 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16268 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16270 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16271 Show TODO list." t nil)
16275 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16276 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14956 17970))
16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16279 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16280 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off.
16281 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16283 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16285 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16287 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16289 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16290 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16291 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16293 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16294 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16296 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16297 Add an item to the tool bar.
16298 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16299 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16300 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16301 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16303 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
16304 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
16307 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16308 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16309 function." nil nil)
16311 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16312 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16313 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16314 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16315 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16316 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16317 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16319 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16320 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16321 function." nil nil)
16325 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16326 ;;;;;; (14950 65294))
16327 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16329 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16330 Mode for tooltip display.
16331 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16333 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16334 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16336 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16338 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16340 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
16346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16348 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16350 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16352 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16353 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16357 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16358 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62442))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16361 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16362 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16364 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16365 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16367 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16368 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16375 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16376 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16377 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16378 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16379 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16384 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16387 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16388 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16390 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16391 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16392 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16393 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16394 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16395 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16396 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16397 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16399 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16400 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16401 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16402 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16403 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16404 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16405 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16409 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16410 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16412 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16413 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16414 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16416 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16417 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16418 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16419 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16420 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16421 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16422 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16424 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16425 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16426 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16427 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16429 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16431 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16432 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16433 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16434 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16435 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16436 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16437 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16439 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16440 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16442 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16445 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16447 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16452 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16453 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16454 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16457 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16458 Toggle typing break mode.
16459 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16461 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16463 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16465 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16467 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16468 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16470 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16471 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16473 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16474 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16475 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16477 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16478 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16480 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16481 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16482 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16484 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16485 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16486 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16487 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16488 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16489 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16491 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16492 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16493 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16494 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16496 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16497 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16499 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16500 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16502 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16503 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16504 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16506 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16507 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16508 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16509 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16510 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16511 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16512 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16514 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16515 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16517 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16518 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16519 reset the keystroke counter.
16521 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16522 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16523 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16524 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16526 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16527 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16528 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16529 `type-break-schedule' command.
16531 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16532 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16533 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16534 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16535 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16536 or not to continue.
16538 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16539 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16540 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16541 approximate good values for this.
16543 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16544 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16546 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16547 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16548 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16549 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16550 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16551 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16553 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16554 a typing break occur. They include:
16556 `type-break-query-mode'
16557 `type-break-query-function'
16558 `type-break-query-interval'
16560 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16562 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16563 Take a typing break.
16565 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16566 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16568 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16569 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16571 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16572 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16573 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16574 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16576 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16577 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16579 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16580 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16581 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16582 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16583 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16584 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16585 average typing speed.)
16587 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16588 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16589 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16590 the computed maximum threshold.
16592 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16593 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16594 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16595 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16596 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16604 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16605 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16606 Works by overstriking underscores.
16607 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16608 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16610 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16611 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16612 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16613 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16617 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16618 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16621 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16622 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16623 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16625 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16626 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16627 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16628 following the containing message." t nil)
16632 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16633 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16636 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16637 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16638 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16639 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16640 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16641 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16643 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16644 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16648 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16649 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16652 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16653 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16654 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16655 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16656 to refrain from editing the file
16657 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16658 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16659 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16660 in any way you like." nil nil)
16662 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16663 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16664 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16665 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16666 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16668 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16669 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16674 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16677 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16678 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16679 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16680 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16682 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16683 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16684 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16688 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16689 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16690 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16691 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16692 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16693 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14941 34892))
16694 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16696 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16697 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16700 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16701 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16704 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16705 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16706 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16707 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16708 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16709 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16711 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16712 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16713 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16714 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16715 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16717 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16718 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16720 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16721 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16723 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16724 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16725 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16726 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16727 lock steals will raise an error.
16729 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16731 For RCS and SCCS files:
16732 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16734 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16735 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16736 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16737 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16738 it performs a revert.
16739 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16740 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16741 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16742 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16743 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16744 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16745 the option to steal the lock.
16748 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16749 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16750 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16751 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16752 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16753 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16754 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16755 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16756 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16758 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16759 Register the current file into a version control system.
16760 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16761 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16763 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16764 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16765 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16766 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16767 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16768 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16770 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16771 Display diffs between file versions.
16772 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16773 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16774 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16775 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16777 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16778 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16779 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16780 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16782 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16783 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16784 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16785 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16787 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16788 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16789 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16790 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16791 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16792 from the current branch.
16794 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16796 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16797 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16798 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16800 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16801 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16803 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16805 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16806 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16808 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16809 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16810 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16811 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16812 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16813 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16815 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16816 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16817 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16818 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16819 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16820 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16822 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16823 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16825 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16826 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16827 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16828 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16829 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16831 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16832 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16833 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16835 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16836 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16839 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16840 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16843 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16845 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16846 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16847 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16849 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16850 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16852 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16853 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16854 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16855 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16856 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16859 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16860 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16861 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16862 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14966 38375))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16868 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16869 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16870 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16872 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16877 ;;;;;; (14940 15185))
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16880 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16881 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16882 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16884 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16889 ;;;;;; (14940 15185))
16890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16892 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16893 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16894 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16896 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16898 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16899 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16900 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16901 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16905 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16906 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16909 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16910 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16915 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16916 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16917 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16918 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16919 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16920 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16921 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16922 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16923 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16924 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16925 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16926 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16927 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16928 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16929 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16930 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16931 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16932 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16933 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16935 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16936 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16937 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16939 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16940 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16941 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16942 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16943 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16944 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16945 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16946 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16947 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16949 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16950 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16951 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16952 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16953 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16954 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16955 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16956 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16958 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16959 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16960 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16963 `--' puts a single comment.
16964 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16965 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16966 comment in between.
16967 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16969 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16970 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16972 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16973 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16974 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16975 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16976 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16977 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16978 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16979 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16980 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16981 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16982 multi-line comments.
16984 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16985 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16986 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16987 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16988 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16989 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16990 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16991 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16992 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16994 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16995 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16996 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16997 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16998 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16999 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17000 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17001 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17002 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17003 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17005 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17006 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17007 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17008 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17009 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17010 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17011 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17012 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17013 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17014 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17015 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17016 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17017 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17019 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17021 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17024 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17026 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17027 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17028 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17029 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17030 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17032 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17033 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17034 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17035 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17036 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17037 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17038 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17039 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17040 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17042 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17043 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17044 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17045 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17048 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17049 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17050 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17051 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17052 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17053 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17055 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17056 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17057 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17058 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17059 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17060 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17061 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17062 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17063 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17064 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17065 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17067 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17068 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17071 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17072 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17073 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17074 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17075 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17076 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17077 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17078 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17080 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17081 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17082 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17083 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17084 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17085 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17087 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17088 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17089 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17090 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17091 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17093 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17094 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17095 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17096 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17097 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17099 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17100 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17101 highlighted if written in lower case.
17103 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17104 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17107 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17108 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17109 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17111 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17112 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17113 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17115 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17116 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17117 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17119 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17120 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17121 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17122 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17123 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17124 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17125 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17127 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17128 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17129 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17130 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17131 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17133 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17134 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17135 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17136 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17139 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17145 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17146 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17148 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17150 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17151 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17152 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17153 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17155 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17156 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17157 version and release notes can be found.
17160 Bugs and Limitations:
17161 ---------------------
17163 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17164 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17165 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17166 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17167 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17168 does not work under XEmacs.
17171 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17172 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17177 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17181 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17184 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17185 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17186 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17187 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17189 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17190 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17191 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17192 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17193 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17195 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17196 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17198 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17200 * Limitations and unsupported features
17201 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17203 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17204 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17207 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17208 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17209 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17210 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17211 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17212 for undoing a repeated change command.
17213 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17214 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17215 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17218 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17219 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17220 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17221 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17222 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17223 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17224 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17225 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17227 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17231 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17232 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17233 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17234 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17237 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17238 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17240 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17241 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17242 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17245 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17246 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17248 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17249 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17250 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17251 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17253 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17254 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17256 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17258 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17262 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17263 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17264 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17268 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17269 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17270 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17271 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17275 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17276 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17277 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17278 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17279 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17280 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17281 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17283 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17285 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17286 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17287 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17288 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17289 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17290 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17291 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17292 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17294 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17296 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17297 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17298 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17299 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17300 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17301 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17302 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17303 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17305 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17307 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17308 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17310 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17311 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17313 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17317 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17318 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17319 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17321 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17322 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17323 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17326 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17328 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17332 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17333 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17334 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17336 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17337 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17338 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17339 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17340 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17341 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17342 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17343 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17345 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17347 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17348 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17349 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17351 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17352 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17353 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17355 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17356 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17357 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17360 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17361 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17362 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17363 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17364 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17366 H, h, ? This message.
17367 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17368 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17369 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17370 > move to the end of buffer.
17371 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17372 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17373 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17374 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17375 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17376 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17377 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17378 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17379 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17380 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17381 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17382 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17383 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17384 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17385 Use this to view a changing file.
17386 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17387 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17388 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17390 x exchanges point and mark.
17391 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17392 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17393 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17394 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17395 ' go to position saved in character register.
17396 s do forward incremental search.
17397 r do reverse incremental search.
17398 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17399 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17400 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17401 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17402 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17403 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17404 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17405 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17406 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17407 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17408 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17409 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17410 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17411 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17412 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17414 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17415 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17416 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17417 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17418 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17419 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17420 will return to that buffer.
17422 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17424 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17425 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17426 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17427 `view-return-to-alist'.
17428 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17429 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17430 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17432 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17433 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17434 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17435 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17436 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17438 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17439 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17440 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17441 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17443 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17445 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17447 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17448 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17455 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17456 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17461 ;;;;;; (14952 1209))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17464 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17465 Toggle Viper on/off.
17466 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17468 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17469 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17473 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
17474 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17476 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17477 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17479 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17482 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17483 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17488 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14875 40521))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17491 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17492 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17494 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17496 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17498 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17500 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17502 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17503 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17504 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17505 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17507 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17508 and off otherwise." t nil)
17512 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17513 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17514 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14933 40934))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17517 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17518 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17520 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17521 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17522 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17523 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17524 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17526 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17528 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17529 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17531 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17532 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17534 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17535 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17537 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17538 whitespace problems." t nil)
17540 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17541 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17543 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17544 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17547 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17550 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17552 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17554 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17555 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17557 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17558 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17560 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17561 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17562 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17563 replaced with TABS).
17564 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17565 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17567 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17569 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17570 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17572 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17573 i - Indentation whitespace.
17574 l - Leading whitespace.
17575 s - Space followed by Tab.
17576 t - Trailing whitespace.
17578 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17581 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17582 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17583 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17584 always they default to 8.)
17586 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17587 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17590 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17591 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17592 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17593 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17594 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17595 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17596 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17599 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17602 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17603 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17604 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17608 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17609 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17612 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17613 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17615 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17616 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17618 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17619 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17621 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17622 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17623 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17627 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17628 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14956 5124))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17631 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17632 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17633 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17635 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17636 Create widget of TYPE.
17637 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17639 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17640 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17644 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17645 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17649 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17650 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17651 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17652 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17653 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17654 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17655 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17657 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17658 Select the window above the current one.
17659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17660 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17661 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17662 negative ARG) of the current window.
17663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17665 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17666 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17667 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17668 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17669 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17670 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17671 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17673 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17674 Select the window below the current one.
17675 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17676 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17677 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17678 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17679 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17681 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17682 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17686 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17687 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17690 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17691 Toggle winner-mode.
17692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17693 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17695 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17697 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17699 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17700 Toggle Winner mode.
17701 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17705 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17706 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17709 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17710 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17711 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17712 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17713 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17714 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17715 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17716 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17718 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17719 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17721 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17722 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17724 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17725 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17726 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17727 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17728 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17729 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17730 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17731 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17735 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17736 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17739 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17740 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17743 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17744 are not implemented
17745 - Options for search and replace
17746 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17747 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17749 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17752 The key bindings are:
17762 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17764 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17765 C-l ws-repeat-search
17768 C-r scroll-down-line
17775 C-y kill-complete-line
17778 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17779 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17780 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17781 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17782 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17783 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17784 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17785 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17786 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17787 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17788 C-k b ws-begin-block
17789 C-k c ws-copy-block
17790 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17792 C-k h ws-show-markers
17793 C-k i ws-indent-block
17795 C-k p ws-print-block
17798 C-k s save-some-buffers
17800 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17801 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17802 C-k v ws-move-block
17803 C-k w ws-write-block
17805 C-k y ws-delete-block
17807 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17808 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17809 C-o j justify-current-line
17812 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17813 C-o r set-fill-column
17814 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17815 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17816 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17817 C-o wo other-window
17818 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17820 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17821 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17822 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17823 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17824 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17825 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17826 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17827 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17828 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17829 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17830 C-q a ws-query-replace
17831 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17832 C-q c end-of-buffer
17835 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17837 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17838 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17839 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17840 C-q w ws-last-error
17842 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17847 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17849 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17851 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17852 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17853 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17855 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17859 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17860 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17863 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17864 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17866 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17867 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17869 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17870 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17871 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17873 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17874 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17878 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17881 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17882 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17886 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17887 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17890 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17891 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17893 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17894 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17896 Zone-mode does two things:
17898 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17899 when saving the file
17901 - fontification" t nil)
17905 ;;; Local Variables:
17906 ;;; version-control: never
17907 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17908 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17910 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here